PC34709VK [FREESCALE]
Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) for i.MX50/53 Families; 功率管理集成电路(PMIC ),用于i.MX50 / 53族![PC34709VK](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf1/p00187/img/icpdf/PC3470_1057298_icpdf.jpg)
型号: | PC34709VK |
厂家: | ![]() |
描述: | Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) for i.MX50/53 Families |
文件: | 总142页 (文件大小:5056K) |
中文: | 中文翻译 | 下载: | 下载PDF数据表文档文件 |
![](http://public.icpdf.com/style/img/ads.jpg)
Document Number: MC34709
Rev. 1.0, 8/2012
Freescale Semiconductor
Product Preview
Power Management Integrated
Circuit (PMIC) for i.MX50/53
Families
34709
The 34709 is the Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC)
designed primarily for use with the Freescale i.MX50 and i.MX53
families. It offers a lower cost alternative to the MC34708, targeting
embedded applications that do not require a battery charger. However,
it can be easily combined with an external charger, allowing flexibility
for either single or multi-cell Li-Ion battery configurations. It supports
both consumer and industrial applications with a single 130-pin 8x8
MAPBGA 0.5 mm pitch package that is easily routable in low cost
board designs.
POWER MANAGEMENT
VK SUFFIX (PB-FREE)
98ASA00333D
130 MAPBGA
8.0 X 8.0 (0.5 MM PITCH)
Features
• Five buck converters configurable to provide up to six independent
outputs for direct supply of the processor core, memory, and
peripherals.
Applications
Tablets
• Boost regulator for USB PHY domain on i.MX processors.
• Seven LDO regulators with internal and external pass devices for
thermal budget optimization
Smart Mobile Devices
Patient Monitors
• One low current, high accuracy, voltage reference for DDR memory
• 10-bit ADC for monitoring battery and other inputs
• Real time clock and crystal oscillator circuitry with a coin cell
backup/charger
Digital Signage
Human Machine Interfaces (HMI)
• SPI/I2C bus for control and register interface
• Four general purpose low-voltage I/Os with interrupt capability
• Two PWM outputs
ꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌ
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢁ
ꢀꢁꢄꢁ
ꢓꢓꢔ
ꢓꢊꢋꢌꢋꢜ
ꢂꢜꢑꢇꢖꢉꢋꢈꢝꢋꢌꢖ
ꢍꢏꢐꢑꢒ
ꢓꢀ
ꢑꢔꢋꢕ
ꢍꢖꢖꢗꢇꢎꢄꢒꢘꢃꢗꢗꢒꢄ
ꢅꢕꢖꢉꢗꢈꢘ
ꢒꢕꢢꢏꢔꢟꢉꢑꢊ
ꢓꢊꢋꢌꢋꢜ
ꢞꢋꢈꢇꢉꢞꢜꢟꢋꢖ
ꢙꢜꢠꢋꢌ
ꢓꢙꢔꢚꢔꢛꢀ
ꢃꢬꢊꢋꢌꢟꢈꢗ
ꢀꢞꢈꢌꢭꢋꢌ
ꢙꢜꢠꢋꢌ
ꢁꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌ
ꢎꢀꢙꢚꢛꢜꢝ
ꢎꢋꢓꢀ
ꢂꢕꢏꢔꢜꢟꢏꢡꢈꢊꢊꢋꢌꢘ
ꢍꢜꢑꢢꢞ
ꢓꢢꢌꢋꢋꢟ
ꢀꢜꢕꢟꢏꢀꢋꢗꢗ
ꢡꢈꢊꢊꢋꢌꢘ
ꢣꢛ
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢁꢆ
ꢣ
ꢣꢣ
ꢧ
ꢛ
ꢣꢪ
ꢥ
ꢦ
ꢫ
ꢨ
ꢩ
ꢤ
ꢆꢍꢀ
Figure 1. Simplified Application Diagram
*This document contains certain information on a new product.
Specifications and information herein are subject to change without notice.
© Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., 2012. All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
1
2
Orderable Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Part Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.2 Format and Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.3 Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Internal Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.1 Simplified Internal Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pin Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.1 Pinout Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
4.2 Pin Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Product Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.1 Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
5.2 Thermal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3
4
5
5.2.1
Power Dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
5.3 Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
5.3.1
5.3.2
General PMIC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Current Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
6
7
General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
6.2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
6.3 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Functional Block Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
7.1 Start-up Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
7.2 Bias and References Block Description and Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7.3 Clocking and Oscillators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
7.3.1
7.3.2
7.3.3
Clock Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SRTC Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Coin Cell Battery Backup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
7.4 Interrupt Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.4.1
7.4.2
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Interrupt Bit Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
7.5 Power Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
7.5.1
7.5.2
7.5.3
7.5.4
7.5.5
7.5.6
Power Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Power Control Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Buck Switching Regulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Boost Switching Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Linear Regulators (LDOs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
7.6 Analog to Digital Converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
7.6.1
7.6.2
7.6.3
7.6.4
7.6.5
Input Selector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Dedicated Readings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Touch Screen Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
ADC Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
7.7 Auxiliary Circuits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
7.7.1
7.7.2
General Purpose I/Os . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
PWM Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
7.8 Serial Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
7.8.1
7.8.2
7.8.3
SPI Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
I2C Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
SPI/I2C Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
2
7.9 Configuration Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
7.9.1
7.9.2
7.9.3
7.9.4
Register Set structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Specific Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
SPI/I2C Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
SPI Register’s Bit Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
8
Typical Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
8.1 Application Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
8.2 Bill of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
8.3 34709 Layout Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
8.3.1
8.3.2
8.3.3
8.3.4
General board recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
General Routing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Parallel Routing Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Switching Regulator Layout Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
8.4 Thermal Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
8.4.1
8.4.2
Rating Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Estimation of Junction Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
9
Packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
9.1 Package Mechanical Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
10 Reference Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
11 Revision History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
3
Freescale Semiconductor
Orderable Parts
1
Orderable Parts
This section describes the part numbers available to be purchased, along with their differences. Valid orderable part numbers
are provided on the web. To determine the orderable part numbers for this device, go to http://www.freescale.com and perform
a part number search for the following device numbers.
Table 1. Orderable Part Variations
Part Number (1)
Temperature (T )
Package
A
PC34709VK
Notes
-40 to 85 °C
130 MAPBGA - 8.0 x 8.0 mm - 0.5 mm Pitch
1. To Order parts in Tape & Reel, add the R2 suffix to the part number.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
4
Part Identification
2
Part Identification
This section provides an explanation of the part numbers and their alpha numeric breakdown.
2.1
Description
Part numbers for the chips have fields that identify the specific part configuration. You can use the values of these fields to
determine the specific part you have received.
2.2
Format and Examples
Part numbers for a given device have the following format, followed by a device example:
Table 2 - Part Numbering - Analog:
PC tt xxx r v PPP RR - PC34709VKR2
2.3
Fields
These tables list the possible values for each field in the part number (not all combinations are valid).
Table 2: Part Numbering - Analog
FIELD
PC
DESCRIPTION
VALUES
• MC- Qualified Standard
• PC- Prototype Device
Product Category
• 33 = -40 °C to > 105 °C
• 34 = -40 °C to 105 °C
• 35 = -55 °C to 125 °C
tt
Temperature Range
xxx
r
Product Number
Revision
• Assigned by Marketing
• (default blank)
v
Variation
• (default blank)
PPP
RR
Package Identifier
Tape and Reel Indicator
• Varies by package
• R2 = 13 inch reel hub size
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
5
Freescale Semiconductor
Internal Block Diagram
3
Internal Block Diagram
3.1
Simplified Internal Diagram
SW1IN
SW1ALX
GNDSW1A
SW1FB
O/P
Drive
SW1
Dual Phase
GP
2000 mA
Buck
SW1CFG
SW1VSSSNS
GNDADC
SW1BLX
O/P
10 Bit GP
ADC
Drive
GNDSW1B
A/D Result
DVS
CONTROL
ADIN9
SW1PWGD
ADIN10
ADIN11
A/D
Control
SW2IN
SW2LX
GNDSW2
SW2FB
SW2PWGD
MUX
O/P
Drive
SW2
ADIN12/TSX1
ADIN13/TSX2
ADIN14/TSY1
LP
`
1000 mA
Buck
Touch
Screen
ADIN15/TSY2
TSREF
Interface
Die Temp &
Thermal Warning
Detection
SW3IN
To Interrupt
Section
SW3
INT MEM
500 mA
Buck
O/P
Drive
SW3LX
GNDSW3
SW3FB
SW4AIN
SW4ALX
GNDSW4A
SW4FBA
O/P
Drive
SW4
Dual Phase
DDR
SW4CFG
1000 mA
Buck
Package Pin Legend
SW4BIN
SW4BLX
GNDSW4B
SW4BFB
O/P
Drive
Output Pin
Input Pin
SPIVCC
Shift Register
Bi-directional Pin
CS
SPI
Interface
+
Muxed
I2C
Optional
Interface
SW5IN
CLK
SW5
I/O
1000 mA
Buck
O/P
Drive
SW5LX
GNDSW5
SW5FB
SPI
MOSI
MISO
To Enables & Control
Registers
GNDSPI
Shift Register
SWBSTIN
SWBSTLX
SWBSTFB
O/P
Drive
SWBST
380 mA
Boost
GNDSWBST
VCORE
VCOREDIG
VDDLP
Reference
Generation
VINREFDDR
VHALF
VCOREREF
VREFDDR
10mA
GNDCORE
GNDREF
VREFDDR
BP
VINPLL
VPLL
VPLL
50 mA
Pass
FET
VUSB2DRV
VUSB2
Pass
FET
VUSB2
250mA
VDACDRV
VDAC
VDAC
250mA
To
Trimmed
Circuits
SPI
Trim-In-Package
Control
Logic
VINGEN1
VGEN1
VGEN1
250mA
Pass
FET
Startup
Sequencer
Decode
Trim
Control
Logic
VGEN2DRV
VGEN2
PUMSx
PLL
Switchers
Pass
FET
VGEN2
250mA
VINUSB
Monitor
Timer
VUSB
Regulator
VUSB
RTC +
Calibration
32 KHz
Internal
Osc
LDOVDD
GNDUSB
SPI Result
Registers
Interrupt
Inputs
Enables &
Control
32 KHz
Buffers
Best
of
Supply
GNDREG1
GNDREG2
GNDREF1
GNDREF2
BP
LCELL
Switch
LICELL
PWM
Outputs
32 KHz
Crystal
Osc
GPIO Control
Li Cell
Charger
Digital Core
VSRTC
Figure 2. Simplified Internal Block Diagram
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
6
Pin Connections
4
Pin Connections
4.1
Pinout Diagram
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
A
B
C
D
E
F
MISO
CS
GNDSPI
MOSI
SPIVCC
INT
GLBRST
RESETB
PWRON1
GNDCTRL
PWM2
PWM1
ICTEST
GPIOLV2
GNDGPIO
SW2LX
GNDSW2
SW2FB
GNDREF2
SW2PWGD
SW3FB
NC_2
CLK
GNDUSB
VINUSB
XTAL1
GPIOLV1
GPIOLV0
SW2IN
NC_3
GPIOVDD
VUSB
RESETBMCU
PWRON2
PUMS4
SDWNB
PUMS5
PUMS3
PUMS1
ADIN9
GNDSW3
SW3IN
SW3LX
CLK32K
SUBSPWR1
SUBSPWR1
SUBSPWR1
SUBSPWR1
SUBSGND
SUBSREF
GPIOLV3
SUBSANA2
SUBSPWR3
SUBSLDO
SUBSPWR2
GNDRTC
XTAL2
CLK32KVCC
CLK32KMCU
SUBSPWR1
SUBSPWR1
SUBSPWR1
SUBSPWR1
SUBSPWR
GNDSWBST
SWBSTLX
VINGEN1
VINREFDDR
VPLL
SWBSTIN
G
H
J
PUMS2
GNDCORE
VCOREDIG
VCOREREF
VDDLP
VSRTC
VCORE
GNDADC
ADIN10
VGEN1
GNDREG2
SUBSANA1
SW1CFG
SWBSTFB
VHALF
ADIN11
TSREF
TSY1
K
L
WDI
TSX1
SW1PWGD
VREFDDR
VINPLL
TSY2
TSX2
VGEN2DRV
GNDREG1
VDACDRV
VUSB2DRV
VUSB2
M
N
P
R
GNDREF
BP
LICELL
SW4AFB
SW4BFB
SW4CFG
SW5FB
VGEN2
GNDREF1
GNDSW1A
SW1ALX
LDOVDD
VDAC
STANDBY
NC_1
GNDSW4A
SW4ALX
SW4AIN
SW4BIN
GNDSW4B
SW4BLX
SW5IN
GNDSW5
SW5LX
SW1IN
SW1IN
GNDSW1B
SW1FB
SW1BLX
SW1VSSSNS
Figure 3. Top View Ballmap
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
7
Freescale Semiconductor
Pin Connections
4.2
Pin Definitions
Table 3. Pin Definitions
Pin
Function
Rating
[V]
Pin Number
Supply
N1
Pin Name
# Balls
Definition
1. Application supply point
BP
I
5.5
3.6
1
1
2. Input supply to the IC core circuitry
Indication of imminent system shutdown
D6
IC Core
J2
SDWNB
O
Regulated supply for the IC analog core circuitry
Regulated supply for the IC digital core circuitry
Main bandgap reference
VCORE
VCOREDIG
VCOREREF
VDDLP
O
O
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
J1
K1
O
VDDLP reference
L1
O
Ground for the IC core circuitry
H1
GNDCORE
GNDREF
GND
GND
Ground reference for IC core circuitry
M1
Switching Regulators
P10
Regulator 1 input
SW1IN
I
5.5
2
P11
R9
Regulator 1A switch node connection
Regulator 1 feedback
SW1ALX
SW1FB
O
5.5
3.6
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
P13
P9
I
Ground for Regulator 1A
Regulator 1 sense
GNDSW1A
SW1VSSSNS
SW1PWGD
SW1BLX
GNDSW1B
SW1CFG
SW2IN
GND
R13
K10
R11
P12
L12
B11
A10
A12
B10
A13
E14
D15
B13
D14
B12
P4
GND
-
Power good signal for SW1
Regulator 1B switch node connection
Ground for Regulator 1B
Regulator 1A/B mode configuration
Regulator 2 input
O
3.6
5.5
-
O
GND
I
3.6
5.5
5.5
3.6
-
I
Regulator 2 switch node connection
Regulator 2 feedback
SW2LX
O
SW2FB
I
Ground for Regulator 2
GNDSW2
SW2PWGD
SW3IN
GND
Power good signal for SW2
Regulator 3 input
O
3.6
5.5
5.5
3.6
-
I
Regulator 3 switch node connection
Regulator 3 feedback
SW3LX
O
SW3FB
I
Ground for Regulator 3
GNDSW3
GNDREF2
SW4AIN
GND
Ground reference for Regulators
Regulator 4A input
GND
-
I
O
I
5.5
5.5
3.6
Regulator 4A switch node connection
Regulator 4A feedback
R3
SW4ALX
SW4AFB
N2
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
8
Pin Connections
Table 3. Pin Definitions (continued)
Pin
Rating
[V]
Pin Number
Pin Name
# Balls
Definition
Function
Ground for Regulator 4A
Regulator 4B input
P3
GNDSW4A
SW4BIN
GND
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
P5
I
5.5
5.5
3.6
-
Regulator 4B switch node connection
Regulator 4B feedback
R6
SW4BLX
SW4BFB
GNDSW4B
SW4CFG
SW5IN
O
P2
I
Ground for Regulator 4B
Regulator 4A/B mode configuration
Regulator 5 input
P6
GND
M6
I
3.6
5.5
5.5
3.6
-
P7
I
Regulator 5 output
R8
SW5LX
O
Regulator 5 feedback
M8
SW5FB
I
GND
GND
I
Ground for Regulator 5
P8
GNDSW5
GNDREF1
SWBSTIN
SWBSTLX
SWBSTFB
GNDSWBST
Ground reference for regulators
Boost Regulator BP supply
SWBST switch node connection
Boost Regulator feedback
Ground for regulator boost
N9
-
F15
5.5
7.5
5.5
-
G14
O
H15
I
F14
GND
LDO Regulators
VREFDDR input supply
J14
K15
J15
L15
K14
N14
P15
N15
D2
VINREFDDR
VREFDDR
VHALF
I
3.6
1.5
1.5
5.5
2.5
5.5
3.6
5.5
3.6
5.5
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
VREFDDR regulator output
O
Half supply reference for VREFDDR
VPLL input supply
O
VINPLL
I
VPLL regulator output
VPLL
O
Drive output for VDAC regulator using an external PNP device
VDAC regulator output
VDACDRV
VDAC
O
O
Supply pin for VUSB2, VDAC, and VGEN2
USB transceiver regulator output
VUSB input supply
LDOVDD
VUSB
I
O
D1
VINUSB
GNDUSB
I
Ground for VUSB LDO
C1
GND
1. VUSB2 input using internal PMOS FET
2. Drive output for VUSB2 regulator using an external PNP device
VUSB2 regulator output
I
O
P14
VUSB2DRV
5.5
1
R14
H14
H12
VUSB2
VINGEN1
VGEN1
O
3.6
2.5
2.5
1
1
1
VGEN1 input supply
I
VGEN1 regulator output
O
1. VGEN2 input using internal PMOS FET
2. Drive output for VGEN2 regulator using an external PNP device
VGEN2 regulator output
I
L14
VGEN2DRV
5.5
1
O
M15
H2
VGEN2
VSRTC
O
3.6
2.5
-
1
1
1
Output regulator for SRTC module on processor
Ground for Regulator 1
O
M14
GNDREG1
GND
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
9
Freescale Semiconductor
Pin Connections
Table 3. Pin Definitions (continued)
Pin
Rating
[V]
Pin Number
Pin Name
# Balls
Definition
Function
Ground for Regulator 2
Supply for GPIOLV pins
J12
C8
C7
B7
GNDREG2
GPIOVDD
GPIOLV0
GPIOLV1
GPIOLV2
GPIOLV3
PWM1
GND
I
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
-
General purpose input/output 1
General purpose input/output 2
General purpose input/output 3
General purpose input/output 4
PWM output 1
I/O
I/O
I/O
I/O
O
B9
E10
A8
PWM output 2
A7
PWM2
O
GPIO ground
C9
GNDGPIO
GND
Clock/RTC/Coin Cell
1. Coin cell supply input
I
M2
LICELL
3.6
1
2. Coin cell charger output
O
32.768 kHz Oscillator crystal connection 1
32.768 kHz Oscillator crystal connection 2
Ground for the RTC block
E1
XTAL1
XTAL2
I
2.5
2.5
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
G1
I
GND
I
F1
GNDRTC
CLK32KVCC
CLK32K
Supply voltage for 32 k buffer
F3
3.6
3.6
3.6
32 kHz Clock output for peripherals
32 kHz Clock output for processor
E3
O
G3
CLK32KMCU
O
Control Logic
Reset output for peripherals
Reset output for processor
Watchdog input
B5
D5
K3
P1
B4
A6
E5
A5
G6
G5
F6
F5
E6
A9
B6
A4
B2
B1
RESETB
RESETBMCU
WDI
O
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
O
I
Standby input signal from processor
Interrupt to processor
STANDBY
INT
I
O
Power on/off button connection 1
Power on/off button connection 2
Global Reset
PWRON1
PWRON2
GLBRST
PUMS1
PUMS2
PUMS3
PUMS4
PUMS5
ICTEST
GNDCTRL
SPIVCC
CS
I
I
I
Power up mode supply setting 1
Power up mode supply setting 2
Power up mode supply setting 3
Power up mode supply setting 4
Power up mode supply setting 5
Normal mode, test mode selection, & anti-fuse bias
Ground for control logic
I
I
I
I
I
I
GND
Supply for SPI bus
I
I
I
3.6
3.6
3.6
Primary SPI select input
Primary SPI clock input
CLK
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
10
Pin Connections
Table 3. Pin Definitions (continued)
Pin
Rating
[V]
Pin Number
Pin Name
# Balls
Definition
Function
Primary SPI write input
Primary SPI read output
Ground for SPI interface
B3
MOSI
MISO
I
3.6
3.6
-
1
1
1
A2
O
A3
GNDSPI
GND
A to D Converter
ADC generic input channel 9
H6
J5
ADIN9
ADIN10
ADIN11
TSX1
I
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ADC generic input channel 10
I
ADC generic input channel 11
J6
I
Touch Screen Interface X1 or ADC generic input channel 12
Touch Screen Interface X2 or ADC generic input channel 13
Touch Screen Interface Y1 or ADC generic input channel 14
Touch Screen Interface Y2 or ADC generic input channel 15
Touch screen reference
K5
L4
L6
L3
K6
H5
I
TSX2
I
TSY1
I
I
TSY2
TSREF
GNDADC
O
Ground for A to D circuitry
GND
Substrate Grounds
Substrate ground connection
Substrate ground connection
K8
K9
SUBSREF
GND
GND
-
-
1
1
SUBSPWR
E8
F8
F9
G8
G9
H8
H9
J9
Substrate ground connection
SUBSPWR1
GND
-
8
Substrate ground connection
Substrate ground connection
Substrate ground connection
Substrate ground connection
Substrate ground connection
Substrate ground connection
E11
G10
SUBSPWR2
SUBSPWR3
SUBSLDO
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
-
-
-
-
-
-
1
1
1
1
1
1
H10
K12
SUBSANA1
SUBSANA2
SUBSGND
F10
J8
No connects
A14
B15
R1
Do not connect
NC
-
-
3
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
11
Freescale Semiconductor
General Product Characteristics
5
General Product Characteristics
5.1
Maximum Ratings
Table 4. Maximum Ratings
All voltages are with respect to ground, unless otherwise noted. Exceeding these ratings may cause a malfunction or permanent
damage to the device.
Symbol
Description (Rating)
Min.
Max.
Unit
Notes
ELECTRICAL RATINGS
-
-
-
ICTEST Pin Voltage
V
V
V
V
VICTEST
VBP
1.8
4.5
3.6
BP Voltage
Coin Cell Voltage
VLICELL
ESD Ratings
(2)
(2)
-
-
• Human Body Model All pins
• Charge Device Model All pins
VESD
2000
500
Notes
2. ESD testing is performed in accordance with the Human Body Model (HBM) (CZAP = 100 pF, RZAP = 1500 ), and the Charge Device
Model (CDM), Robotic (CZAP = 4.0 pF).
5.2
Thermal Characteristics
Table 5. Thermal Ratings
All voltages are with respect to ground, unless otherwise noted. Exceeding these ratings may cause a malfunction or permanent
damage to the device.
Symbol
Description (Rating)
Min.
Max.
Unit
Notes
THERMAL RATINGS
Ambient Operating Temperature Range
Operating Junction Temperature Range
-
-
-
-
°C
°C
TA
TJ
-40 to 85
-40 to 125
-65 to 150
Note 3
Storage Temperature Range
°C
°C
TST
(3), (4)
Peak Package Reflow Temperature During Reflow
TPPRT
THERMAL RESISTANCE AND PACKAGE DISSIPATION RATINGS
(5), (6)
(5), (7)
(5), (7)
(5), (7)
Junction to Ambient Natural Convection
RθJA
-
-
-
-
93
53
80
49
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
°C/W
• Single layer board (1s)
Junction to Ambient Natural Convection
RθJMA
• Four layer board (2s2p)
Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min.)
RθJMA
• Single layer board (1s)
Junction to Ambient (@200 ft/min.)
RθJMA
• Four layer board (2s2p)
(8)
(9)
Junction to Board
RθJB
-
-
34
25
°C/W
°C/W
Junction to Case
RθJC
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
12
General Product Characteristics
Table 5. Thermal Ratings (continued)
All voltages are with respect to ground, unless otherwise noted. Exceeding these ratings may cause a malfunction or permanent
damage to the device.
Symbol
Description (Rating)
Min.
Max.
Unit
Notes
THERMAL RESISTANCE AND PACKAGE DISSIPATION RATINGS (CONTINUED)
(10)
Junction to Package Top
-
JT
6.0
°C/W
• Natural Convection
Notes
3. Pin soldering temperature limit is for 10 seconds maximum duration. Not designed for immersion soldering. Exceeding these limits may
cause a malfunction or permanent damage to the device.
4. Freescale's Package Reflow capability meets the Pb-free requirements for JEDEC standard J-STD-020C, for Peak Package Reflow
Temperature and Moisture Sensitivity Levels (MSL).
5. Junction temperature is a function of on-chip power dissipation, package thermal resistance, mounting site (board) temperature, ambient
temperature, air flow, power dissipation of other components on the board, and board thermal resistance.
6. Per JEDEC JESD51-2 with the single layer board horizontal. Board meets JESD51-9 specification.
7. Per JEDEC JESD51-6 with the board horizontal.
8. Thermal resistance between the die and the printed circuit board per JEDEC JESD51-8. Board temperature is measured on the top
surface of the board near the package.
9. Thermal resistance between the die and the case top surface as measured by the cold plate method (MIL SPEC-883 Method 1012.1).
10. Thermal characterization parameter indicating the temperature difference between package top and the junction temperature per
JEDEC JESD51-2. When Greek letters are not available, the thermal characterization parameter is written as Psi-JT.
5.2.1
Power Dissipation
During operation, the temperature of the die should not exceed the maximum junction temperature. To optimize the thermal
management scheme and avoid overheating, the 34709 PMIC provides a thermal management system. The thermal protection
is based on a circuit with a voltage output that is proportional to the absolute temperature. This voltage can be read out via the
ADC for specific temperature readouts, see Serial Interfaces.
This voltage is monitored by an integrated comparator. Interrupts THERM110, THERM120, THERM125, and THERM130 will be
generated when respectively crossing in either direction of the thresholds specified in Table 6. The temperature range can be
determined by reading the THERMxxxS bits.
Thermal protection is integrated to power off the 34709 PMIC, in case of over dissipation. This thermal protection will act above
the maximum junction temperature to avoid any unwanted power downs. The protection is debounced for 8.0 ms in order to
suppress any (thermal) noise. This protection should be considered as a fail-safe mechanism and therefore the application
design should be dimensioned such that this protection is not tripped under normal conditions. The temperature thresholds and
the sense bit assignment are listed in Table 6.
Table 6. Thermal Protection Thresholds
Parameter
Thermal 110 °C threshold (THERM110)
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Notes
105
115
120
125
2.0
110
120
125
130
-
115
125
130
135
4.0
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
°C
Thermal 120 °C threshold (THERM120)
Thermal 125 °C threshold (THERM125)
Thermal 130 °C threshold (THERM130)
Thermal warning hysteresis
(11)
Thermal protection threshold
130
140
150
Notes
11. Equivalent to approx. 30 mW min, 60 mW max
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
13
Freescale Semiconductor
General Product Characteristics
5.3
Electrical Characteristics
General PMIC Specifications
5.3.1
Table 7. General Electrical Characteristic
Internal
Pin Name
Max (19)
Parameter
Load Condition
Min
Unit
Notes
Termination (16)
(13)
(13)
(18)
(18)
Input Low
Input High
47 kOhm
1.0 MOhm
-
0.0
0.3
VCOREDIG
0.3
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
PWRON1, PWRON2,
GLBRST
Pull-up
1.0
Input Low
0.0
STANDBY, WDI
CLK32K
Weak Pull-down
CMOS
Input High
Output Low
Output High
Output Low
Output High
Output Low
-
0.9
3.6
-100 A
100 A
-100 A
100 A
-2.0 mA
0.0
CLK32KVCC - 0.2
0.0
0.2
CLK32KVCC
0.2
CLK32KMCU
CMOS
VSRTC - 0.2
0.0
VSRTC
0.4
(17)
(17)
RESETB,
Open-drain
RESETBMCU,
SDWNB, SW1PWGD,
SW2PWGD
Output High
Open-drain
-
-
3.6
V
V
Off /Coin cell mode
1.15
1.28
PUMS[4 :0] =
(0110, 0111, 1000,
1001)
1.2 V setting
1.3 V setting
1.15
1.25
1.25
1.35
V
V
VSRTC
Voltage Output
PUMS[4 :0] =
(0110, 0111, 1000,
1001)
Input Low
-
0.0
0.3 * GPIOVDD
GPIOVDD + 0.3
0.2
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
Input High
Output Low
Output High
Output Low
Output High
Output Low
Output High
Input Low
-
0.7 * GPIOVDD
CMOS
-
0.0
GPIOLV1,2,3,4
-
GPIOVDD - 0.2
GPIOVDD
0.4
-2.0 mA
0.0
Open-drain
CMOS
Open-drain
-
GPIOVDD + 0.3
0.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.0
PWM1, PWM2
CLK, MOSI
CS
GPIOVDD - 0.2
GPIOVDD
0.3 * SPIVCC
SPIVCC + 0.3
0.4
(12)
(12)
(12)
(12)
0.0
Input High
Input Low
0.7 * SPIVCC
0.0
Weak Pull-down
Input High
Input Low
1.1
0.0
SPIVCC + 0.3
0.3 * VCOREDIG
VCOREDIG
(12) (20)
,
Weak Pull-down
on CS
CS, MOSI (at Booting
for SPI / I2C decoding)
(12) (20)
Input High
0.7 * VCOREDIG
,
MISO
Output Low
Output High
-100 A
100 A
0.0
0.2
V
V
(12) (21)
MISO, INT
CMOS
MISO
SPIVCC - 0.2
SPIVCC
(12) (21)
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
14
General Product Characteristics
Table 7. General Electrical Characteristic
Internal
Pin Name
Max (19)
0.3
Parameter
Input Low
Load Condition
Min
0.0
1.0
Unit
V
Notes
Termination (16)
(14)
-
-
PUMSxS = 0
PUMS1,2,3,4,5
ICTEST
Input High
PUMSxS = 1
(14)
VCOREDIG
V
(15)
(15)
Input Low
Input High
Input Low
Input Mid
Input High
-
-
-
-
-
0.0
1.1
0.0
1.3
2.5
0.3
1.7
0.3
2.0
3.1
V
V
V
V
V
SW1CFG, SW4CFG
ADIN8,9,10
Input must not
exceed
-
-
-
-
BP
V
V
TSX1,TSX2, TSY1,
TSY2
Input must not
exceed
BP or VCORE
Notes
12. SPIVCC is typically connected to the output of buck regulator SW5 and set to 1.800 V
13. Input has internal pull-up to VCOREDIG equivalent to 200 kOhm
14. Input state is latched in first phase of cold start, refer to Serial Interfaces for a description of the PUMS configuration
15. Input state is not latched
16. A weak pull-down represents a nominal internal pull-down of 100 nA, unless otherwise noted
17. RESETB, RESETBMCU, SDWNB, SW1PWGD, SW2PWGD have open-drain outputs, external pull-ups are required
18. SPIVCC needs to remain enabled for proper detection of WDI High to avoid involuntary shutdown
19. The maximum should never exceed the maximum rating of the pin as given in Pin Connections
20. The weak pull-down on CS is disabled if a VIH is detected at start-up to avoid extra consumption in I2C mode
21. The output drive strength is programmable
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
15
Freescale Semiconductor
General Product Characteristics
5.3.2
Current Consumption
The current consumption of the individual blocks is described in detail throughout this specification. For convenience, a summary
table follows for standard use cases.
Table 8. Current Consumption Summary (24)
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Mode
Description
Typ
Max
Unit
Notes
All blocks disabled, BP=0, coin cell is attached to LICELL
(at 25 °C only)
• RTC Logic
RTC / Power
cut
• VCORE Module
• VSRTC
4.0
7.0
A
• 32 k Oscillator
• Clk32KMCU buffer active(10 pF load)
All blocks disabled, BP>3.0 V(at 25 °C only)
• Digital Core
• RTC Logic
• VCORE Module
OFF (good
battery)
20
55
A
• VSRTC
• 32 k Oscillator
• CLK32KMCU buffer active (10 pF load)
• COINCHEN = 0
Low-power Mode (Standby pin asserted and ON_STBY_LP=1)
• Digital core
• RTC logic
• VCORE module
• VSRTC
• CLK32KMCU/CLK32K active (10 pF load)
ON Standby
260
650
A
• 32 k oscillator
• IREF
• SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4A, SW4B, SW5 in PFM (23),(27)
• VDDREF, VPLL, VGEN1, VGEN2, VUSB2, VDAC
in low-power mode (22),(25)
• Digital core
• RTC logic
• VCORE module
• VSRTC
• CLK32KMCU/CLK32K active (10 pF load)
• 32 k oscillator
• Digital
ON Standby
370
750
A
• IREF
• SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4A, SW4B, SW5 in PFM (23),(27)
• VDDREF, VPLL, VGEN1, VGEN2, VUSB2, VDAC on
in low-power mode (23),(25)
• PLL
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
16
General Product Characteristics
Table 8. Current Consumption Summary (24)
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Mode
Description
Typ
Max
Unit
Notes
Typical use case
• Digital core
• RTC logic
• VCORE module
• VSRTC CLK32KMCU/CLK32K active (10 pF)
• 32 k oscillator
• IREF
ON
1600
3000
A
• SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4A, SW4B, SW5 in APS SWBST (23),(26),(27)
• VDDREF, VPLL, VGEN1, VGEN2, VUSB2, VDAC on
in low-power mode (22),(25)
• Digital
• PLL
Notes
22. Equivalent to approx. 30 mW min, 60 mW max
23. Current in RTC Mode is from LICELL=2.5 V; in all other modes from BP = 3.6 V.
24. External loads are not included
25. VUSB2, VGEN2 external pass PNPs
26. SWBST in auto mode
27. SW4A output 2.5 V
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
17
Freescale Semiconductor
General Description
6
General Description
The 34709 is the PMIC designed specifically for use with the Freescale i.MX50 and i.MX53 families. As the companion PMIC on
several i.MX reference designs, it is a proven solution, which enables a faster time to market with fewer resources.
6.1
Features
Power Generation
• Five buck switching regulators
• Two single/dual phase buck regulators
• Three single phase buck regulators
• Up to six independent outputs
• PFM/Auto pulse skip/PWM operation mode
• Dynamic voltage scaling
• 5 V boost regulator
• Support for USB physical layer on i.MX processor (USB PHY)
• Seven LDO regulators
• Two with selectable internal or external pass devices
• Four with embedded pass devices
• One with an external PNP device
• One voltage reference for DDR memory with internal PMOS device
Analog to Digital Converter
• Seven general purpose channels
• Eight dedicated channels for monitoring the charger
• Resistive touchscreen interface
Auxiliary Circuits
• General purpose I/Os
• PWM outputs
Clocking and Oscillators
• Real time clock
• Time and day counters
• Time of day alarm
• 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator
• Coin cell battery backup
• Coin cell charger
Serial Interface
• SPI
• I2C
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
18
General Description
6.2
Block Diagram
FIVE BUCK
REGULATORS
Processor Core
Split Power Domains
DDR Memory
I/O
10 BIT ADC CORE
General Purpose
Resistive Touch
Screen Interface
SEVEN LDO
REGULATORS
Peripherals
5.0 V BOOST
REGULATOR
CONTROL
INTERFACE
SPI/I2C
POWER CONTROL
LOGIC
PC34709
State Machine
BIAS &
REFERENCES
Trimmed Bandgap
DDR Memory Voltage
Reference
32.768 kHz CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Real Time Clock
GENERAL PURPOSE
I/O & PWM OUTPUTS
SRTC Support
Coin Cell charger
Figure 4. Functional Block Diagram
6.3
Functional Description
The 34709 Power Management Integrated Circuit (PMIC) represents a complete system power solution in a single package.
Designed primarily for use with the Freescale i.MX50/53 families. The 34709 integrates five multi-mode buck regulators and
seven LDO regulators and one voltage reference for direct supply of the processor core, memory, and peripherals.
The 34709 also integrates a real time clock, coin cell charger, a 16-channel 10-bit ADC, 5.0 V USB boost regulator, two PWM
outputs, touch-screen interface, status LED drivers, and four GPIOs.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
19
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7
Functional Block Description
7.1
Start-up Requirements
At power-up, switching and linear regulators are sequentially enabled in time slots of 2.0 ms steps, to limit the inrush current after
an initial delay of 8.0 ms, in which the core circuitry gets enabled. To ensure a proper power-up sequence, the outputs of the
switching regulators that are not enabled, are discharged at the beginning of the Cold start with weak pull-downs on the output.
For that same reason, an 8.0 ms delay allows the outputs of the linear regulators to be fully discharged as well, through the built
in discharge path. The peak inrush current per event is limited. Any under-voltage detection at BP is masked while the power-up
sequencer is running. When the switching regulator is enabled, it will start in PWM mode for 3.0 ms. Then it will switch over to
the mode that it is programmed to in the SPI.
The Power-up Mode Select pins PUMSx (x = 1,2,3,4,5) are used to configure the start-up characteristics of the regulators. Supply
enabling and output level options are selected by hardwiring the PUMSx pins for the desired configuration. The recommended
power-up strategy for end products is to bring up as little of the system as possible at booting, essentially sequestering just the
bare essentials to allow processor start-up and software to run. With such a strategy, the start-up transients are controlled at
lower levels, and the rest of the system power tree can be brought up by software. This allows optimization of supply ordering,
where specific sequences may be required, as well as supply default values. Software code can load up all of the required
programmable options, to avoid sneak paths, under/over-voltage issues, start-up surges, etc, without any change in hardware.
The state of the PUMSx pins are latched in before any of the switching or linear regulators are enabled, with the exception of
VCORE. PUMSx options and start-up configurations will be robust to a PCUT event, whether occurring during normal operation
or during the 8.0 ms of pre-sequencer initialization, i.e., the system will not end up in an unexpected / undesirable consumption
state.
Table 9 shows the initial setup for the voltage level of the switching and linear regulators, and whether they get enabled.
Table 9. Power-up Defaults
53
LPM
53
DDR2
53
DDR3
53
LVDDR3
53
LVDDR2
i.MX
Reserved
50
50
50
50
50
50
PUMS[4:1]
0000-0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
PUMS5=0
VUSB2
VGEN2
Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP
Ext PNP
Ext PNP
Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP Ext PNP
Reserved
Reserved
PUMS5=1
VUSB2
VGEN2
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
PMOS
Internal
PMOS
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
Internal
PMOS
PMOS
PMOS
PMOS
PMOS
PMOS
PMOS
PMOS
PMOS
SW1A
(VDDGP)
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.3
1.8
1.8
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.5
1.5
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.3
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.8
1.8
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
3.15
1.2
1.1
1.1
1.2
1.2
3.15
1.8
SW1B
(VDDGP)
(28)
SW2
1.225
1.2
1.3
1.2
1.2
(VCC)
(28)
SW3
1.2
1.2
1.2
(VDDA)
(28)
SW4A
1.5
1.35
1.35
3.15
1.2
3.15
1.8
(DDR/SYS)
(28)
SW4B
1.5
(DDR/SYS)
(28)
SW5
Reserved
Reserved
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
1.8
Off
(I/O)
SWBST
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
20
Functional Block Description
Table 9. Power-up Defaults
53
LPM
53
DDR2
53
DDR3
53
LVDDR3
53
LVDDR2
i.MX
Reserved
50
50
50
50
50
50
(29)
VUSB
VUSB2
VSRTC
VPLL
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
3.3
2.5
3.3
2.5
3.3
2.5
3.3
2.5
3.3
2.5
3.3
2.5
1.2
1.8
On
2.5
1.2
3.1
3.3
2.5
1.2
1.8
On
2.5
1.2
3.1
3.3
2.5
1.2
1.8
On
2.5
1.2
3.1
3.3
2.5
1.2
1.8
On
2.5
1.2
3.1
3.3
2.5
1.2
1.8
On
2.5
1.2
2.5
3.3
2.5
1.2
1.8
On
2.5
1.2
2.5
1.2
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
VREFDDR
VDAC
On
On
On
On
On
2.775
1.2
2.775
1.3
2.775
1.3
2.775
1.3
2.775
1.3
VGEN1
VGEN2
Notes
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
28. The SWx node are activated in APS mode when enabled by the start-up sequencer.
29. VUSB is supplied by SWBST.
The power-up sequence is shown in Tables 10 and 11. VCOREDIG, VSRTC, and VCORE, are brought up in the pre-sequencer
start-up.
Table 10. Power-up Sequence i.MX53
Tap x 2.0 ms
PUMS [4:1] = [0101,0110,0111,1000,1001] (i.MX53)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SW2 (VCC)
VPLL (NVCC_CKIH = 1.8 V)
VGEN2 (VDD_REG= 2.5 V, external PNP
SW3 (VDDA)
SW1A/B (VDDGP)
SW4A/B, VREFDDR (DDR/SYS)
SW5 (I/O), VGEN1
VUSB, VUSB2
VDAC
Table 11. Power-up Sequence i.MX50
Tap x 2.0 ms PUMS [4:1] = [0100, 1011, 1100, 1101, 1110, 1111] (i.MX50/I.MX53)
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SW2
SW3
SW1A/B
VDAC
SW4A/B, VREFDDR
SW5
VGEN2, VUSB2
VPLL
VGEN1
VUSB
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
21
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.2
Bias and References Block Description and Application
Information
All regulators use the main bandgap as the reference. The main bandgap is bypassed with a capacitor at REFCORE. The
bandgap and the rest of the core circuitry is supplied from VCORE. The performance of the regulators is directly dependent on
the performance of VCOREDIG and the bandgap. No external DC loading is allowed on VCOREDIG or REFCORE. VCOREDIG
is kept powered as long as there is a valid supply and/or coin cell. Table 12 shows the main characteristics of the core circuitry.
Table 12. Core Voltages Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
VCOREDIG (DIGITAL CORE SUPPLY)
Output voltage
V
• ON mode
VCOREDIG
-
-
1.5
0.0
-
-
(30)
• OFF with good battery and RTC mode
VCOREDIG bypass capacitor
CCOREDIG
-
1.0
-
F
VDDLP (DIGITAL CORE SUPPLY - LOWER POWER)
Output voltage
V
• ON mode with good battery
-
-
-
1.5
1.2
1.2
-
-
-
VDDLP
(31)
• OFF mode with good battery
• RTC mode
(32)
VDDLP bypass capacitor
CDDLP
-
100
-
pF
VCORE (ANALOG CORE SUPPLY)
Output voltage
V
• ON mode and charging
VCORE
-
-
2.775
0.0
-
-
(30)
• OFF and RTC mode
VCORE bypass capacitor
CCORE
-
1.0
-
F
VREFCORE (BANDGAP / REGULATOR REFERENCE)
(30)
Output voltage
VREFCORE
-
-
-
-
1.2
0.5
-
-
-
-
V
Absolute accuracy
Temperature drift
%
%
0.25
100
VREFCORE bypass capacitor
CREFCORE
Notes
nF
30. 3.0 V < BP < 4.5 V, no external loading on VCOREDIG, VDDLP, VCORE, or REFCORE. Extended operation down to UVDET, but no
system malfunction.
31. Powered by VCOREDIG
32. Maximum capacitance on VDDLP should not exceed 1000 pF, including the board capacitance.
7.3
Clocking and Oscillators
Clock Generation
7.3.1
A system clock is generated for internal digital circuitry as well as for external applications utilizing the clock output pins. A crystal
oscillator is used for the 32.768 kHz time base and generation of related derivative clocks. If the crystal oscillator is not running
(for example, if the crystal is not present), an internal 32 kHz oscillator will be used instead.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
22
Functional Block Description
Support is also provided for an external Secure Real Time Clock (SRTC), which may be integrated on a companion system
processor IC. For media protection in compliance with Digital Rights Management (DRM) system requirements, the
CLK32KMCU can be provided as a reference to the SRTC module where tamper protection is implemented.
7.3.1.1
Clocking Scheme
The internal 32 kHz oscillator is an integrated backup for the crystal oscillator, and provides a 32.768 kHz nominal frequency at
60% accuracy, if running. The internal oscillator only runs if a valid supply is available at BP, and would not be used as long as
the crystal oscillator is active. In absence of a valid supply at the BP supply node (for instance due to a dead battery), the crystal
oscillator continues running supplied from the coin cell battery. All control functions will run off the crystal derived frequency,
occasionally referred to as “32 kHz” for brevity’s sake.
During the switchover between the two clock sources (such as when the crystal oscillator is starting up), the output clock is
maintained at a stable active low or high phase of the internal 32 kHz clock to avoid any clocking glitches. If the XLTAL clock
source suddenly disappears during operation, the IC will revert back to the internal clock source. Given the unpredictable nature
of the event and the start-up times involved, the clock may be absent long enough for the application to shut down during this
transition, such as a sag in the regulator output voltage or absence of a signal on the clock output pins.
A status bit, CLKS, is available to indicate to the processor which clock is currently selected: CLKS=0 when the internal RC is
used and CLKS=1 if the crystal source is used. The CLKI interrupt bit will be set whenever a change in the clock source occurs,
and an interrupt will be generated if the corresponding CLKM mask bit is cleared.
7.3.1.2
Oscillator Specifications
The crystal oscillator has been optimized for use in conjunction with the Micro Crystal CC7V-T1A32.768 kHz-9.0 pF-30 ppm or
equivalent (such as Micro Crystal CC5V-T1A or Epson FC135) and is capable of handling its parametric variations.
The electrical characteristics of the 32 kHz Crystal oscillator are given in the following table, taking into account the crystal
characteristics noted above. The oscillator accuracy depends largely on the temperature characteristics of the used crystal.
Application circuits can be optimized for required accuracy by adapting the external crystal oscillator network (via component
accuracy and/or tuning). Additionally, a clock calibration system is provided to adjust the 32,768 cycle counter that generates the
1.0 Hz timer and RTC registers; see SRTC Support for more detail.
Table 13. Oscillator and Clock Main Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
OSCILLATOR AND CLOCK OUTPUT
Operating Voltage
• Oscillator and RTC Block from BP
VINRTC
1.8
1.8
-
-
4.5
3.6
V
• Oscillator and RTC Block from LICELL
Operating Current Crystal Oscillator and RTC Module
IINRTC
A
• All blocks disabled, no main battery attached, coin cell is attached
to LICELL
-
-
2.0
-
5.0
1.0
RTC oscillator start-up time
• Upon application of power
tSTART-RTC
sec
Output Low
• CLK32K Output sink 100 A
• CLK32KMCU Output source 50 A
VRTCLO
V
V
0.0
-
0.2
Output High
• CLK32K Output source 100 A
-
-
CLK32K
VCC -0.2
CLK32K
VCC
VRTCHI
• CLK32KMCU Output sink 50 A
VSRTC-0.2
VSRTC
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
23
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 13. Oscillator and Clock Main Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
OSCILLATOR AND CLOCK OUTPUT (CONTINUED)
CLK32K Rise and Fall Time, CL = 50 pF
• CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 00
-
-
-
-
6.0
2.5
3.0
2.0
-
-
-
-
• CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 01 (default)
• CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 10
tCLK32KET
ns
• CLK32KDRV [1:0] = 11
CLK32KMCU Rise and Fall Time
• CL = 12 pF
tCKL32K
ns
%
-
45
-
22
-
-
MCUET
CLK32KDC/
CLK32K
MCUDC
CLK32K and CLK32KMCU Output Duty Cycle
• Crystal on XTAL1, XTAL2 pins
55
30
RMS Output Jitter
ns
RMS
• 1 Sigma for Gaussian distribution
-
7.3.2
SRTC Support
When configured for DRM mode (SPI bit DRM = 1), the CLK32KMCU driver will be kept enabled through all operational states
to ensure that the SRTC module always has its reference clock. If DRM = 0, the CLK32KMCU driver will not be maintained in the
Off state.
It is also necessary to provide a means for the processor to do an RTC initiated wake-up of the system if it has been programmed
for such capability. This can be accomplished by connecting an open-drain NMOS driver to the PWRON pin of the 34709 PMIC,
so that it is in effect, a parallel path for the power key. The 34709 PMIC will not be able to discern the turn on event from a normal
power key initiated turn on, but the processor should have the knowledge, since the RTC initiated turn on is generated locally.
Open Drain output for RTC wake-up
32 kHz
SPIVCC=1.8 V
GP Domain=1.1 V
LP Domain=1.2 V
34709
Processor
I/O
Core Supply
SOG Supply
VCOREDIG
PWRONx
Vcoredig
ON
Detect
SRTC
Best Of
Suppy
On/Off
Button
HP-RTC
VSRTC = 1.2 V
CKIL: VSRTC
Vsrtc &
Detect
32 kHz for
DSM timing
LP-RTC
CLK32KMCU
0.1 u
Main
Battery
Coin Cell
Battery
Figure 5. SRTC Block Diagram
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
24
Functional Block Description
7.3.2.1
VSRTC
The VSRTC regulator provides the CLK32KMCU output level. Additionally, it is used to bias the Low-power SRTC domain of the
SRTC module integrated on certain FSL processors. The VSRTC regulator is enabled as soon as the RTCPORB is detected.
The VSRTC cannot be disabled.
Depending on the configuration of the PUMS[4:0] pins, the VSRTC voltage will be set to 1.3 or 1.2 V. With PUMS[4:0] = (0110,
0111, 1000, or 1001) VSRTC will be set to 1.3 V in on mode (on, on standby and on standby low-power modes). In off and coin
cell modes the VSRTC voltage will drop to 1.2 V with the PUMS[4:0] = (0110, 0111, 1000, or 1001). With PUMS[4:0] = (0110,
0111, 1000, or 1001), VSRTC will be set to 1.2 V for all modes (on, on standby, on standby low-power mode, off, and coin cell).
Table 14. VSRTC Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
GENERAL
Operating Input Voltage Range
• Valid Coin Cell range
• Valid BP
VSRTCIN
1.8
1.8
-
-
3.6
4.5
V
Operating Current Load Range
Bypass Capacitor Value
ISRTC
0.0
-
-
50
-
A
F
COSRTC
0.1
VSRTC - ACTIVE MODE - DC
Output Voltage
• VSRTCINMIN < VSTRCIN < VSRTCINMAX
VSRTC
V
V
• ISRTCMIN < ISRTC < ISRTCMAX
• Off and coin cell mode
1.15
1.15
1.20
1.28
1.25
VSRTC - ACTIVE MODE - DC (CONTINUED)
Output Voltage
• VSRTCINMIN < VSTRCIN < VSRTCINMAX
• ISRTCMIN < ISRTC < ISRTCMAX
VSRTC
1.2
• PUMS[4:0] ≠ (0110, 0111, 1000, 1001)
• On, Standby, and Standby LPM modes
Output Voltage
• VSRTCINMIN < VSTRCIN < VSRTCINMAX
• ISRTCMIN < ISRTC < ISRTCMAX
VSRTC
V
1.25
1.3
0.8
1.35
• PUMS[4:0] = (0110, 0111, 1000, 1001)
• On, Standby, and Standby LPM modes
Active Mode Quiescent Current
• VSRTCINMIN < VSTRCIN < VSRTCINMAX
• ISRTC = 0
ISRTCQ
A
-
-
7.3.2.2
Real Time Clock
A Real Time Clock (RTC) is provided with time and day counters as well as an alarm function. The RTC utilizes the 32.768 kHz
crystal oscillator for the time base and is powered by the coin cell backup supply when BP has dropped below operational range.
In configurations where the SRTC is used, the RTC can be disabled to conserve current drain by setting the RTCDIS bit to a 1
(defaults on at power up).
Time and Day Counters
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
25
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
The 32.768 kHz clock is divided into a 1.0 Hz time tick which drives a 17-bit Time Of Day (TOD) counter. The TOD counter counts
the seconds during a 24 hour period from 0 to 86,399 and will then roll over to 0. When the roll over occurs, it increments the
15-bit DAY counter. The DAY counter can count up to 32767 days. The 1.0 Hz time tick can be used to generate a 1HZI interrupt
if unmasked.
Time Of Day Alarm
A Time Of Day Alarm (TODA) function can be used to turn on the application and alert the processor. If the application is already
on, the processor will be interrupted. The TODA and DAYA registers are used to set the alarm time. When the TOD counter is
equal to the value in TODA and the DAY counter is equal to the value in DAYA, the TODAI interrupt will be generated.
Timer Reset
As long as the supply at BP is valid, the real time clock will be supplied from VCOREDIG. If BP is not valid, the real time clock
can be backed up from a coin cell via the LICELL pin. When the VSRTC voltage drops to the range of 0.9 to 0.8 V, the RTCPORB
reset signal is generated and the contents of the RTC will be reset. Additional registers backed up by coin cell will also reset with
RTCPORB. To inform the processor that the contents of the RTC are no longer valid due to the reset, a timer reset interrupt
function is implemented with the RTCRSTI bit.
RTC Timer Calibration
A clock calibration system is provided to adjust the 32,768 cycle counter that generates the 1.0 Hz timer for RTC timing registers.
The general implementation relies on the system processor to measure the 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator against a higher
frequency and more accurate system clock, such as a TCXO. If the RTC timer needs a correction, a 5-bit 2’s complement
calibration word can be sent via the SPI, to compensate the RTC for inaccuracy in its reference oscillator.
Table 15. RTC calibration Settings
Code in RTCCAL[4:0]
Correction in Counts per 32768 Relative correction in ppm
01111
00011
00001
00000
11111
11101
10001
10000
+15
+3
+1
0
+458
+92
+31
0
-1
-31
-3
-92
-15
-16
-458
-488
The available correction range should be sufficient to ensure drift accuracy in compliance with standards for DRM time keeping.
Note that the 32.768 kHz oscillator is not affected by RTCCAL settings; calibration is only applied to the RTC time base counter.
Therefore, the frequency at the clock output CLK32K is not affected.
The RTC system calibration is enabled by programming the RTCCALMODE[1:0] for desired behavior by operational mode.
Table 16. RTC Calibration Enabling
RTCCALMODE
Function
RTC Calibration disabled (default)
00
01
10
11
RTC Calibration enabled in all modes except coin cell only
Reserved for future use. Do not use.
RTC Calibration enabled in all modes
The RTC Calibration circuitry can be automatically disabled when main battery contact is lost or if it is so deeply discharged that
RTC power draw is switched to the coin cell (configured with RTCCALMODE=01).
Because of the low RTC consumption, RTC accuracy can be maintained through long periods of the application being shut down,
even after the main battery has discharged. However, it is noted that the calibration can only be as good as the RTCCAL data
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
26
Functional Block Description
that has been provided, so occasional refreshing is recommended to ensure that any drift influencing environmental factors have
not skewed the clock beyond desired tolerances.
7.3.3
Coin Cell Battery Backup
The LICELL pin provides a connection for a coin cell backup battery or supercap. If the main battery is deeply discharged,
removed, or contact-bounced (i.e., during a power cut), the RTC system and coin cell maintained logic will switch over to the
LICELL for backup power. This switch over occurs for a BP below 1.8 V threshold with LICELL greater than BP. A small capacitor
should be placed from LICELL to ground under all circumstances.
Upon initial insertion of the coin cell, it is not immediately connected to the on chip circuitry. The cell gets connected when the IC
powers on, or after enabling the coin cell charger when the IC was already on.
The coin cell charger circuit will function as a current-limited voltage source, resulting in the CC/CV taper characteristic typically
used for rechargeable Lithium-Ion batteries. The coin cell charger is enabled via the COINCHEN bit. The coin cell voltage is
programmable through the VCOIN[2:0] bits. The coin cell charger voltage is programmable in the ON state where the charge
current is fixed at ICOINHI.
If COINCHEN=1 when the system goes into an Off or User Off state, the coin cell charger will continue to charge to the predefined
voltage setting, but at a lower maximum current ICOINLO. This compensates for self discharge of the coin cell and ensures that
if/when the main cell gets depleted, that the coin cell will be topped off for maximum RTC retention. The coin cell charging will
be stopped for the BP below UVDET. The bit COINCHEN itself is only cleared when an RTCPORB occurs.
Table 17. Coin Cell Voltage Specifications
VCOIN[2:0]
Output Voltage
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
2.50
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.20
3.30
Table 18. Coin Cell Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
COIN CELL CHARGER
Voltage Accuracy
VLICELLACC
-
-
100
60
-
-
mV
Coin Cell Charge Current in On and Watchdog modes ICOINHI
ILICELLON
A
Coin Cell Charge Current in Off, cold start/warm start, and Low-power Off
modes (User Off / Memory Hold) ICOINLO
ILICELLOFF
-
10
-
A
Current Accuracy
ILICELACC
COLICELL
-
-
-
30
100
4.7
-
-
-
%
nF
F
LICELL Bypass Capacitor
LICELL Bypass Capacitor as coin cell replacement
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
27
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.4
Interrupt Management
Control
7.4.1
The system is informed about important events, based on interrupts. Unmasked interrupt events are signaled to the processor
by driving the INT pin high; this is true whether the communication interface is configured for SPI or I2C.
Each interrupt is latched so that even if the interrupt source becomes inactive, the interrupt will remain set until cleared. Each
interrupt can be cleared by writing a 1 to the appropriate bit in the Interrupt Status register, which will also cause the interrupt line
to go low. If a new interrupt occurs while the processor clears an existing interrupt bit, the interrupt line will remain high.
Each interrupt can be masked by setting the corresponding mask bit to a 1. As a result, when a masked interrupt bit goes high,
the interrupt line will not go high. A masked interrupt can still be read from the Interrupt Status register. This gives the processor
the option of polling for status from the IC. The IC powers up with all interrupts masked, so the processor must initially poll the
device to determine if any interrupts are active. Alternatively, the processor can unmask the interrupt bits of interest. If a masked
interrupt bit was already high, the interrupt line will go high after unmasking.
The sense registers contain status and input sense bits, so the system processor can poll the current state of interrupt sources.
They are read only, and not latched or clearable.
Interrupts generated by external events are debounced. Therefore, the event needs to be stable throughout the debounce period
before an interrupt is generated. Nominal debounce periods for each event are documented in the INT summary table following
later in this section. Due to the asynchronous nature of the debounce timer, the effective debounce time can vary slightly.
7.4.2
Interrupt Bit Summary
Table 19 summarizes all interrupt, mask, and sense bits associated with INT control. For more detailed behavioral descriptions,
refer to the related chapters.
Table 19. Interrupt, Mask and Sense Bits
Debounce
Time
Interrupt
Mask
Sense
Purpose
Trigger
ADCDONEI
TSDONEI
ADCDONEM
TSDONEM
-
-
-
ADC has finished requested conversions L2H
0.0
0.0
Touch screen has finished conversion
Touch screen pen detect
L2H
TSPENDET
TSPENDETM
Dual
1.0 ms
Low battery detect
Programmable
VBATTDB
LOWBATT
SCPI
LOWBATTM
SCPM
-
-
H2L
Sense is 1 if below LOWBAT threshold
min. 4.0 ms
max 8.0 ms
Regulator short-circuit protection tripped L2H
1HZI
1HZM
-
-
1.0 Hz time tick
L2H
L2H
H2L
L2H
H2L
L2H
L2H
L2H
L2H
L2H
L2H
0.0
TODAI
TODAM
Time of day alarm
0.0
30 ms (33)
30 ms
30 ms (33)
30 ms
0.0
Power on button 1 event
PWRON1I
PWRON2I
PWRON1M
PWRON2M
PWRON1S
PWRON2S
Sense is 1 if PWRON1 is high.
Power on button 2 event
Sense is 1 if PWRON2 is high.
SYSRSTI
WDIRESETI
PCI
SYSRSTM
WDIRESETM
PCM
-
-
-
-
-
System reset through PWRONx pins
WDI silent system restart
Power cut event
0.0
0.0
WARMI
WARMM
Warm Start event
0.0
MEMHLDI
MEMHLDM
Memory Hold event
0.0
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
28
Functional Block Description
Table 19. Interrupt, Mask and Sense Bits
Debounce
Time
Interrupt
Mask
Sense
Purpose
Trigger
32 kHz clock source change
Sense is 1 if source is XTAL
CLKI
CLKM
CLKS
-
Dual
0.0
RTCRSTI
RTCRSTM
RTC reset has occurred
L2H
0.0
Thermal 110 °C threshold
THERM110
THERM110M
THERM110S
THERM120S
THERM125S
Dual
30 ms
Sense is 1 if above threshold
Thermal 120 °C threshold
THERM120
THERM125
THERM130
THERM120M
THERM125M
Dual
Dual
Dual
30 ms
30 ms
30 ms
Sense is 1 if above threshold
Thermal 125 °C threshold
Sense is 1 if above threshold
Thermal 130 °C threshold
THERM130M
GPIOLVxM
THERM130S
GPIOLVxS
Sense is 1 if above threshold
GPIOLVxI
Notes
General Purpose input interrupt
Programmable Programmable
33. Debounce timing for the falling edge can be extended with PWRONxDBNC[1:0]; refer to Serial Interfaces for details.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
29
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.5
Power Generation
The 34709 PMIC provides reference and supply voltages for the application processor as well as peripheral device.
Six buck (step down) converters and one boost (step up) converters are included. One of the buck regulators can be configured
in multiphase, single phase mode, or operate as separate independent outputs (in this case, there are six buck converters). The
buck converters provide the supply to processor cores and to other low-voltage circuits such as IO and memory. Dynamic voltage
scaling is provided to allow controlled supply rail adjustments for the processor cores and/or other circuitry. The boost converter
supplies the VUSB regulator for the USB PHY on the processor. The VUSB regulator is powered from the boost to ensure
sufficient headroom for the LDO through the normal discharge range of the main battery.
Linear regulators are directly supplied from the battery or from the switching regulator, and include supplies for IO and
peripherals, such as audio, camera, Bluetooth, Wireless LAN, etc. Naming conventions are suggestive of typical or possible use
case applications, but the switching and linear regulators may be utilized for other system power requirements within the
guidelines of specified capabilities. Four general purpose I/Os are available, which can be configured as inputs/outputs. As inputs
they can be configured as interrupts.
7.5.1
Power Tree
Refer to the representative tables and text specifying each supply for information on performance metrics and operating ranges.
Table 20 summarizes the available power supplies.
Table 20. Power Tree Summary
Supply
Purpose (typical application)
Buck regulator for processor VDDGP domain
Buck regulator for processor VCC domain
Buck regulator for processor VDD domain and peripherals
Buck regulator for DDR memory and peripherals
Buck regulator for DDR memory and peripherals
Buck regulator for I/O domain
Output Voltage (in V)
Load Capability (in mA)
SW1
SW2
0.650 – 1.4375
0.650 – 1.4375
2000
1000
500
500
500
1000
380
0.05
50
SW3
0.650 – 1.425
SW4A
SW4B
SW5
1.200 – 1.85: 2.5/3.15
1.200 – 1.85: 2.5/3.15
1.200 – 1.85
Boost regulator for USB PHY support
Secure Real Time Clock supply
SWBST
VSRTC
VPLL
5.00/5.05/5.10/5.15
1.2
Quiet Analog supply
1.2/1.25/1.5/1.8
DDR Ref supply
VREFDDR
VDAC
0.6 – 0.9
10
TV DAC supply, external PNP
2.5/2.6/2.7/2.775
2.5/2.6/2.75/3.0
250
65
VUSB/peripherals supply, internal PMOS
VUSB/peripherals external PNP
VUSB2
VGEN1
VGEN2
VUSB
2.5/2.6/2.75/3.0
350
250
50
General peripherals supply #1
1.2/1.25/1.3/1.35/1.4/1.45/1.5/1.55
2.5/2.7/2.8/2.9/3.0/3.1/3.15/3.3
2.5/2.7/2.8/2.9/3.0/3.1/3.15/3.3
3.3
General peripherals supply #2, internal PMOS
General peripherals supply #2, external PNP
USB Transceiver supply
250
100
7.5.2
Modes of Operation
The 34709 PMIC is fully programmable via the SPI interface and associated register map. Additional communication is provided
by direct logic interfacing, including interrupt, watchdog, and reset. Default start-up of the device is selectable by hardwiring the
Power-up Mode Select (PUMS) pins.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
30
Functional Block Description
Power cycling of the application is driven by the 34709 PMIC. It has the interfaces for the power buttons and dedicated signaling
interfacing with the processor. It also ensures the supply of the Real Time Clock (RTC), critical internal logic, and other circuits
from the coin cell, in case of brief interruptions from the main battery. A charger for the coin cell is included to ensure that it is
kept topped off until needed.
The 34709 PMIC provides the timekeeping, based on an integrated low-power oscillator running with a standard watch crystal.
This oscillator is used for internal clocking, the control logic, and as a reference for the Regulator PLL. The timekeeping includes
time of day, calendar, and alarm, and is backed up by coin cell. The clock is driven to the processor for reference and deep sleep
mode clocking.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
31
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Coin cell
BP < UVDET
BP > UVDET
From Any Mode: Loss of Power with PCEN=0,
Thermal Protection Trip, or System Reset
PCT[7:0] Expired
Off
Unqual’d
Turn On
WDI Low,
WDIRESET=0
WDI Low,
WDIRESET=1
and
Unqual’d
Turn On
Turn On Event
PCMAXCNT is
exceeded
Start Up Modes
Reset Timer
Expired
Reset Timer
Expired
Warm
Start
Cold
Start
WDI Low,
WDIRESET=1 and
PCMAXCNT not
exceeded
Watchdog
Watchdog
Timer Expired
On
Turn On Event
(Warm Boot)
Turn On Event
(Warm Start)
Processor Request
for User Off:
USEROFFSPI=1
Low Power
Off Modes
Warm Start
Not
Enabled
Warm Start
Enabled
User
Off
Memory
Hold
User Off
Wait
PCUT Timer
PCT[7:0]
Expired
PCUTEXPB
cleared to 0
WARMEN=0
WARMEN=1
Application of Power
before PCUT Timer
PCT[7:0] expiration
(PCEN=1 and
PCMAXCNT not
exceeded)
From Any Mode: Loss of
Power with Power Cuts
enabled (PCEN=1) and
PCMAXCNT not exceeded
Internal
MemHold
Power Cut
Figure 6. Power Control State Machine Flow Diagram
The following are text descriptions of the power states of the system for additional details of the state machine to complement
the drawing in Figure 6. Note that the SPI control is only possible in the Watchdog, On and User Off Wait states, and that the
interrupt line INT is kept low in all states except for Watchdog and On.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
32
Functional Block Description
7.5.2.1
Coin Cell
The RTC module is powered from either the battery or the coin cell, due to insufficient voltage at BP, and the IC is not in a Power
Cut. No Turn On event is accepted in the Coin Cell state. Transition out (to the Off state) requires BP restoration with a threshold
above UVDET. RESETB, and RESETBMCU are held low in this mode.
The RTC module remains active (32 kHz oscillator + RTC timers), along with BP level detection to qualify exit to the Off state.
VCOREDIG is off and the VDDLP regulator is on, the rest of the system is put into its lowest power configuration.
If the coin cell is depleted (VSTRC drops to 0.9 V to 0.8 V while in the Coin Cell state), a complete system reset will occur. At
next power application / Turn On event, the system will start-up reinitialized with all SPI bits including those that reset on
RTCPORB restored to their default states.
7.5.2.2
Off (with good battery)
If the supply VALWAYS is above the UVDET threshold, only the IC core circuitry at VCOREDIG and the RTC module are
powered, all other supplies are inactive. To exit the Off mode, a valid turn on event is required. No specific timer is running in this
mode. RESETB and RESETBMCU are held low in this mode.
If BP is below the UVDET threshold, no turn on events are accepted. If a valid coin cell is present, the core gets powered from
LICELL. The only active circuitry is the RTC module and the detection VCORE module powering VCOREDIG at 1.5 V.
To exit the OFF mode, a valid turn ON event is required.
7.5.2.3
Cold Start
Cold Start is entered upon a Turn On event from Off, Warm Boot, successful PCUT, or a Silent System Restart. The first 8.0 ms
is used for initialization which includes bias generation, PUMSx configuration latching, and qualification of the input supply level
BP. The switching and linear regulators are then powered up sequentially to limit the inrush current; see the Power-up section
for sequencing and default level details. The reset signals RESETB and RESETBMCU are kept low. The Reset timer starts
running when entering Cold Start. The Cold Start state is exited for the Watchdog state and both RESETB and RESETBMCU
become high (open-drain output with external pull-ups) when the reset timer is expired. The input control pins WDI, and
STANDBY are ignored.
7.5.2.4
Watchdog
The system is fully powered and under SPI control. RESETB and RESETBMCU are high. The Watchdog timer starts running
when entering the Watchdog state. When expired, the system transitions to the On state, where WDI will be checked and
monitored. The input control pins WDI and STANDBY are ignored while in the Watchdog state.
7.5.2.5
On Mode
The system is fully powered and under SPI control. RESETB and RESETBMCU are high. The WDI pin must be high to stay in
this mode. The WDI IO supply voltage is referenced to SPIVCC (normally connected to SW5 = 1.8 V); SPIVCC must therefore
remain enabled to allow for proper WDI detection. If WDI goes low, the system will transition to the Off state or Cold Start
(depending on the configuration; refer to the section on Silent System Restart with WDI Event for details).
7.5.2.6
User Off Wait
The system is fully powered and under SPI control. The WDI pin no longer has control over the part. The Wait mode is entered
by a processor request for user off by setting the USEROFFSPI bit high. This is normally initiated by the end user via the power
key; upon receiving the corresponding interrupt, the system will determine if the product has been configured for User Off or
Memory Hold states (both of which first require passing through User Off Wait) or just transition to Off.
The Wait timer starts running when entering User Off Wait mode. This leaves the processor time to suspend or terminate its tasks.
When expired, the Wait mode is exited for User Off mode or Memory Hold mode depending on warm starts being enabled or not
via the WARMEN bit. The USEROFFSPI bit is being reset at this point by RESETB going low.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
33
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.5.2.7
Memory Hold and User Off (Low-power Off states)
As noted in the User Off Wait description, the system is directed into low-power Off states based on a SPI command in response
to an intentional turn off by the end user. The only exit then will be a turn on event. To an end user, the Memory Hold and User
Off states look like the product has been shut down completely. However, a faster start-up is facilitated by maintaining external
memory in self-refresh mode (Memory Hold and User Off mode) as well as powering portions of the processor core for state
retention (User Off only). The Switching regulator mode control bits allow selective powering of the buck regulators for optimizing
the supply behavior in the low-power Off modes. Linear regulators and most functional blocks are disabled (the RTC module,
SPI bits resetting with RTCPORB, and Turn On event detection are maintained).
By way of example, the following descriptions assume the typical use case where SW1 supplies the processor core(s), SW2 is
applied to the processor’s VCC domain, SW3 supplies the processors internal memory/peripherals, SW4 supplies the external
memory, and SW5 supplies the I/O rail. The buck regulators are intended for direct connection to the aforementioned loads.
7.5.2.8
Memory Hold
RESETB and RESETBMCU are low, and both CLK32K and CLK32KMCU are disabled (CLK32KMCU active if DRM is set). To
ensure that SW1, SW2, SW3, and SW5 shut off in Memory Hold, appropriate mode settings should be used such as
SW1MHMODE, = SW2MHMODE, = SW3MHMODE, = SW5MHMODE set to = 0 (refer to the mode control description later in
this section). Since SW4 should be powered in PFM mode, SW4MHMODE could be set to 1.
Upon a Turn On event, the Cold Start state is entered, the default power-up values are loaded, and the MEMHLDI interrupt bit
is set. A Cold Start out of the Memory Hold state will result in shorter boot times compared to starting out of the Off state, since
software does not have to be loaded and expanded from flash. The start-up out of Memory Hold is also referred to as Warm Boot.
No specific timer is running in this mode.
Buck regulators that are configured to stay on in MEMHOLD mode by their SWxMHMODE settings will not be turned off when
coming out of MEMHOLD and entering a Warm Boot. The switching regulators will be reconfigured for their default settings as
selected by the PUMSx pins in the normal time slot that would affect them.
7.5.2.9
User Off
RESETB is low and RESETBMCU is kept high. The 32 kHz peripheral clock driver CLK32K is disabled; CLK32KMCU (connected
to the processor’s CKIL input) is maintained in this mode if the CLK32KMCUEN and USEROFFCLK bits are both set, or if DRM
is set.
The memory domain is held up by setting SW4UOMODE = 1. Similarly, the SW1 and/or SW2 and/or SW3 supply domains can
be configured for SWxUOMODE=1 to keep them powered through the User Off event. If one of the switching regulators can be
shut down on in User Off, its mode bits would typically be set to 0.
Since power is maintained for the core (which is put into its lowest power state), and since MCU RESETBMCU does not trip, the
processor’s state may be quickly recovered when exiting USEROFF upon a turn on event. The CLK32KMCU clock can be used
for very low frequency / low-power idling of the core(s), minimizing battery drain, while allowing a rapid recovery from where the
system left off before the USEROFF command.
Upon a turn on event, Warm Start state is entered, and the default power-up values are loaded. A Warm Start out of User Off will
result in an almost instantaneous start-up of the system, since the internal states of the processor were preserved along with
external memory. No specific timer is running in this mode.
7.5.2.10 Warm Start
Entered upon a Turn On event from User Off. The first 8.0 ms is used for initialization, which includes bias generation, PUMSx
latching, and qualification of the input supply level BP. The switching and linear regulators are then powered up sequentially to
limit the inrush current; see Start-up Requirements for sequencing and default level details. If SW1, SW2, SW3, SW4, and/or
SW5, were configured to stay on in User Off mode by their SWxUOMODE settings, they will not be turned off when coming out
of User Off and entering a Warm Start. The buck regulators will be reconfigured for their default settings as selected by the
PUMSx pins in the respective time slot defined in the sequencer selection.
RESETB is kept low and RESETBMCU is kept high. CLK32KMCU is kept active if CLK32KMCU was set. The reset timer starts
running when entering Warm Start. When expired, the Warm Start state is exited for the Watchdog state, a WARMI interrupt is
generated, and RESETB will go high.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
34
Functional Block Description
7.5.2.11 Internal MemHold Power Cut
As described in the Power Cut Description, a momentary power interruption will put the system into the Internal MemHold Power
Cut state if PCUTs are enabled. The backup coin cell will now supply the 34709 core along with the 32 k crystal oscillator, the
RTC system, and coin cell backed up registers. All regulators will be shut down to preserve the coin cell and RTC as long as
possible.
Both RESETB and RESETBMCU are tripped, bringing the entire system down along with the supplies and external clock drivers,
so the only recovery out of a Power Cut state is to reestablish power and initiate a Cold Start.
If the PCT timer expires before power is re-established, the system transitions to the Off state and awaits a sufficient supply
recovery.
7.5.3
Power Control Logic
Power Cut Description
7.5.3.1
When the BP drops below the UVDET threshold, due to battery bounce or battery removal, the Internal MemHold Power Cut
mode is entered and a Power Cut (PCUT) timer starts running. The backup coin cell will now supply the RTC as well as the on
chip memory registers and some other power control related bits. All other supplies will be disabled.
The maximum duration of a power cut is determined by the PCUT timer PCT [7:0] preset via the SPI. When a PCUT occurs, the
PCUT timer will be started. The contents of PCT [7:0] does not reflect the actual count down value, but will keep the programmed
value, and therefore does not have to be reprogrammed after each power cut.
If power is not re-established above the 3.0 V threshold before the PCUT timer expires, the state machine transitions to the Off
mode at expiration of the counter, and clears the PCUTEXB bit by setting it to 0. This transition is referred to as an “unsuccessful”
PCUT. In addition the PMIC will bring the SDWNB pin low for one 32 kHz clock cycle before powering down.
Upon re-application of power before expiration (a “successful PCUT”, defined as BP first rising above the UVDET threshold and
then battery above the 3.0 V threshold before the PCUT timer expires), a Cold Start is engaged after the UVTIMER has expired.
In order to distinguish a non-PCUT initiated Cold Start from a Cold Start after a PCUT, the PCI interrupt should be checked by
software. The PCI interrupt is cleared by software or when cycling through the Off state.
Because the PCUT system quickly disables the entire power tree, the battery voltage may recover to a level with the appearance
of a valid supply once the battery is unloaded. However, upon a restart of the IC and power sequencer, the surge of current
through the battery and trace impedances can once again cause the BP node to droop below UVDET. This chain of cyclic power
down / power-up sequences is referred to as “ambulance mode”, and the power control system includes strategies to minimize
the chance of a product falling into and getting stuck in ambulance mode.
First, the successful recovery out of a PCUT requires the BP node to rise above LOBATT threshold, providing hysteretic margin
from the LOBATT (H to L) threshold. Secondly, the number of times the PCUT mode is entered is counted with the counter
PCCOUNT [3:0], and the allowed count is limited to PCMAXCNT [3:0] set through the SPI. When the contents of both become
equal, then the next PCUT will not be supported and the system will go to Off mode, after the PCUT time expires.
After a successful power-up after a PCUT (i.e., valid power is reestablished, the system comes out of reset, and the processor
reassumes control), software should clear the PCCOUNT [3:0] counter. Counting of PCUT events is enabled via the
PCCOUNTEN bit. This mode is only supported if the power cut mode feature is enabled by setting the PCEN bit. When not
enabled, then in case of a power failure, the state machine will transition to the Off state. SPI control is not possible during a
PCUT event and the interrupt line is kept low. SPI configuration for PCUT support should also include setting the PCUTEXPB = 1
(See Silent Restart from PCUT Event).
7.5.3.2
Silent Restart from PCUT Event
If a short duration power cut event occurs (such as from a battery bounce, for example), it may be desirable to perform a silent
restart, so the system is reinitialized without alerting the user. This can be facilitated by setting the PCUTEXPB bit to “1” at booting
or after a Cold Start. This bit resets on RTCPORB, therefore any subsequent Cold Start can first check the status of PCUTEXPB
and the PCI bit. The PCUTEXPB is cleared to “0” when transitioning from PCUT to Off. If there was a PCUT interrupt and
PCUTEXPB is still “1”, then the state machine has not transitioned through Off, which confirms that the PCT timer has not expired
during the PCUT event (i.e., a successful power cut). In this case, a silent restart may be appropriate.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
35
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
If PCUTEXPB is found to be “0” after the Cold Start where PCI is found to be “1”, then it is inferred that the PCT timer has expired
before power was reestablished, flagging an unsuccessful power cut or first power-up, so the start-up user greeting may be
desirable for playback.
7.5.3.3
Silent System Restart with WDI Event
A mechanism is provided for recovery if the system software somehow gets into an abnormal state which requires a system reset,
but it is desired to make the reset a silent event so as to happen without end user awareness. The default response to WDI going
low is for the state machine to transition to the Off state (when WDIRESET = 0). However, if WDIRESET = 1, the state machine
will go to Cold Start without passing through Off mode (i.e., does not generate an OFFB signal).
A WDIRESET event will generate a maskable WDIRESETI interrupt and also increment the PCCOUNT counter. This function is
unrelated to PCUTs, but it shares the PCUT counter so that the number of silent system restarts can be limited by the
programmable PCMAXCNT counter.
When PCUT support is used, the software should set the PCUTEXPB bit to “1”. Since this bit resets with RTCPORB, it will not
be reset to “0” if a WDI falls and the state machine goes straight to the Cold Start state. Therefore, upon a restart, software can
discern a silent system restart if there is a WDIRESETI interrupt and PCUTEXPB = 1. The application may then determine that
an inconspicuous restart without fanfare may be more appropriate than launching into the welcoming routine.
A PCUT event does not trip the WDIRESETI bit.
Note that the system response to WDI is gated by the Watchdog timer—once the timer has expired, then the system will respond
as programmed by WDIRESET and described above.
7.5.3.4
Turn On Events
When in Off mode, the circuit can be powered on via a Turn On event. The Turn On events are listed by the following. To indicate
to the processor what event caused the system to power on, an interrupt bit is associated with each of the Turn On events.
Masking the interrupts related to the turn on events will not prevent the part to turn on except for the time of day alarm. If the part
was already on at the time of the turn on event, the interrupt is still generated.
• Power Button Press: PWRON1, or PWRON2 pulled low with corresponding interrupts and sense bits PWRON1I or
PWRON2I, and PWRON1S or PWRON2S. A power on/off button is connected from PWRONx to ground. The PWRONx can
be hardware debounced through a programmable debouncer PWRONxDBNC [1:0] to avoid a response upon a very short (i.e.,
unintentional) key press. BP should be above UVDET to allow a power-up. The PWRONxI interrupt is generated for both the
falling and the rising edge of the PWRONx pin. By default, a 30 ms interrupt debounce is applied to both falling and rising
edges. The falling edge debounce timing can be extended with PWRONxDBNC[1:0] as defined in the following table. The
PWRONxI interrupt is cleared by software or when cycling through the Off mode.
Table 21. PWRONx Hardware Debounce Bit Settings(34)
Turn On
Debounce (ms)
Falling Edge INT Rising Edge INT
Bits
State
Debounce (ms)
Debounce (ms)
00
01
10
11
0.0
31.25
125
31.25
31.25
125
31.25
31.25
31.25
31.25
PWRONxDBNC[1:0]
750
750
Notes
34. The sense bit PWRONxS is not debounced and follows the state of the PWRONx pin.
• Battery Attach: This occurs when BP crosses the 3.0V threshold and the UVDET rising threshold which is equivalent to
attaching a charged battery or supply to the product.
• RTC Alarm: TOD and DAY become equal to the alarm setting programmed. This allows powering up a product at a preset
time. BP should be above 3.0V, and BP should have crossed the UVDET rising threshold and not transitioned below the
UVDET falling threshold.
• System Restart: System restart which may occur after a system reset as described earlier in this section. This is an optional
function, see Turn Off Events. BP should be above 3.0 V and BP should have crossed the UVDET rising threshold and not
transitioned below the UVDET falling threshold.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
36
Functional Block Description
• Global System Reset: The global reset feature powers down the part, disables the charger, resets the SPI registers to their
default value including all the RTCPORB registers (except the DRM bit, and the RTC registers), and then powers back on. To
enable a global reset, the GLBRST pin needs to be pulled low for greater than GLBRSTTMR [1:0] seconds and then pulled
back high (defaults to 12 s). BP should be above 3.0 V.
Table 22. Global Reset Time Settings
Bits
State
Time (s)
00
01
Invalid
4.0
GLBRSTTMR[1:0]
10
8.0
11 (default)
12
7.5.3.5
Turn Off Events
• Power Button Press (via WDI): User shut down of a product is typically done by pressing the power button connected to the
PWRONx pin. This will generate an interrupt (PWRONxI), but will not directly power off the part. The product is powered off
by the processor’s response to this interrupt, which will be to pull WDI low. Pressing the power button is therefore under normal
circumstances not considered as a turn off event for the state machine. However, since the button press power down is the
most common turn off method for end products, it is described in this section as the product implementation for a WDI initiated
Turn Off event. Note that the software can configure a user initiated power down, via a power button press for transition to a
Low-power Off mode (Memory Hold or User Off) for a quicker restart than the default transition into the Off state.
• Power Button System Reset: A secondary application of the PWRONx pins is the option to generate a system reset. This is
recognized as a Turn Off event. By default, the system reset function is disabled but can be enabled by setting the
PWRONxRSTEN bits. When enabled, a four second long press on the power button will cause the device to go to the Off
mode, and as a result, the entire application will power down. An interrupt SYSRSTI is generated upon the next power-up.
Alternatively, the system can be configured to restart automatically by setting the RESTARTEN bit.
• Thermal Protection: If the die gets overheated, the thermal protection will power off the part to avoid damage. A Turn On
event will not be accepted while the thermal protection is still being tripped. The part will remain in Off mode until cooling
sufficiently to accept a Turn On event. There are no specific interrupts related to this other than the warning interrupts.
• Under-voltage Detection: When the voltage at BP drops below the under-voltage detection threshold UVDET, the state
machine will transition to Off mode if PCUT is not enabled, or if the PCT timer expires when PCUT is enabled. The SDWNB
pin is used to notify that the processor that the PMIC is going to immediately shut down. The PMIC will bring the SDWNB pin
low for one 32 kHz clock cycle before powering down. This signal will then be brought back high in the power Off state.
7.5.3.6
Timers
The different timers as used by the state machine are listed by the following. This listing does not include RTC timers for
timekeeping. A synchronization error of up to one clock period may occur with respect to the occurrence of an asynchronous
event, the duration listed below is therefore the effective minimum time period.
Table 23. Timer Main Characteristics
Timer
Duration
Clock
Under-voltage Timer
Reset Timer
4.0 ms
40 ms
32 k/32
32 k/32
32 k/32
Watchdog Timer
128 ms
Programmable 0 to 8 seconds
in 31.25 ms steps
Power Cut Timer
32 k/1024
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
37
Functional Block Description
7.5.3.6.1
Timing Diagrams
A Turn On event timing diagrams shown in Figure 7.
ow
Turn On Event
WDI Pulled Low
Sequencer time slots
System Core Active
Turn On Verification
Power Up Sequencer
UV Masking
RESETB
INT
WDI
8 ms
8 ms
20 ms
12 ms
128 ms
1- Off
2- Cold Start
3- Watchdog
4- On
3- Watchdog
1- Off
Power up of the system upon a Turn On Event followed by a transition to the On state if WDI is pulled high
Turn on Event is based on PWRON being pulled low
... or transition to Off state if WDI remains low
= Indeterminate State
Figure 7. Power-up Timing Diagram
7.5.3.7
Power Monitoring
The voltage at BP are monitored by detectors as summarized in Table 24.
Table 24. LOWBATT Detection Thresholds
Threshold
Power on
Voltage (V)
3.0
Low input supply warning
• BP (H to L)(35)
2.9
UVDET rising(36)
3.0
UVDT Falling(36)
2.65
Notes
35. 50 mV hysteresis is applied.
36. ± 4.0 % tolerance
The UVDET and Power on thresholds are related to the power on/off events as described earlier in this chapter. In order for the
IC to power on, BP must rise above the UVDET rising threshold, and the power on threshold (3.0 V) threshold. When the BP
node decreases below the 2.9 V threshold, a low input supply warning will be sent to the processor via the LOWBATTI interrupt.
The LOWBATTI detection threshold is debounced by the VBATTDB[2:0] SPI bits shown in Table 25.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
38
Functional Block Description
Table 25. VBATTDB Debounce Times
VATTDB[1:0]
Debounce Time (ms)
00
01
0.1
1.0
2.5
3.9
10
11 (default)
7.5.3.8
Power Saving
System Standby
7.5.3.8.1
A product may be designed to enter DSM after periods of inactivity, the STANDBY pin is provided for board level control of timing
in and out of such deep sleep modes.
When a product is in DSM, it may be able to reduce the overall platform current by lowering the regulator output voltage, changing
the operating mode of the switching regulators, or disabling some regulators. This can be obtained by controlling the STANDBY
pin. The configuration of the regulators in standby is pre-programmed through the SPI.
A lower power standby mode can be obtained by setting the ON_STBY_LP SPI bit to a one. With the ON_STBY_LP SPI bit set
and the STANDBY pin asserted, a lower power standby will be entered. In the on Standby Low-power mode, the switching
Regulators should all be programmed into PFM mode, and the LDO's should be configured to Low-power mode when the
STANDBY pin is asserted. The PLL is disabled in this mode
Note that the STANDBY pin is programmable for Active High or Active Low polarity, and the decoding of a Standby event will
take into account the programmed input polarity associated with each pin. For simplicity, Standby will generally be referred to as
active high throughout this document, but as defined in Table 26, active low operation can be accommodated. Finally, since the
STANDBY pin activity is driven asynchronously to the system, a finite time is required for the internal logic to qualify and respond
to the pin level changes.
Table 26. Standby Pin and Polarity Control
STANDBY (Pin)
STANDBYINV (SPI bit)
STANDBY Control(37)
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
Notes
37. STANDBY = 0: System is not in Standby STANDBY = 1: System is in Standby
The state of the STANDBY pin only has influence in On mode, and are therefore it is ignored during start-up and in the Watchdog
phase. This allows the system to power-up without concern of the required Standby polarities since software can make
adjustments accordingly as soon as it is running.
A command to transition to one of the low-power Off states (User Off or Memory Hold, initiated with USE-ROFFSPI=1) redefines
the power tree configuration based on SWxMODE programming, and has priority over Standby (which also influences the power
tree configuration).
7.5.3.8.2
Standby Delay
A provision to delay the Standby response is included. This allows the processor and peripherals, some time after a Standby
instruction has been received, to terminate processes to facilitate seamless Standby exiting and re-entrance into Normal
operating mode.
A programmable delay is provided to hold off the system response to a Standby event. When enabled (STBYDLY = 01, 10, or
11), STBYDLY will delay the STANDBY initiated response for the entire IC until the STBYDLY counter expires.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
39
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Note that this delay is applied only when going into Standby, and no delay is applied when coming out of Standby. Also, an
allowance should be accounted for synchronization of the asynchronous Standby event and the internal clocking edges (up to a
full 32 k cycle of additional delay).
Table 27. Delay of STANDBY- Initiated Response
STBYDLY[1:0]
Function
No Delay
00
One 32 k period (default)
Two 32 k periods
01
10
11
Three 32 k periods
7.5.4
Buck Switching Regulators
Six buck switching regulators are provided with integrated power switches and synchronous rectification. In a typical application,
SW1 and SW2 are used for supplying the application processor core power domains. Split power domains allow independent
DVS control for processor power optimization, or to support technologies with a mix of device types with different voltage ratings.
SW3 is used for powering internal processor memory as well as low-voltage peripheral devices and interfaces which can run at
the same voltage level. SW4A/B is used for powering external DDR memory as well as low-voltage peripheral devices and
interfaces, which can run at the same voltage level. SW5 is used to supply the I/O domain for the system.
The buck regulators are supplied from the system supply BP, which is drawn from the main battery
The switching regulators can operate in different modes depending on the load conditions. These modes can be set through the
SPI and include a PFM mode, PWM Pulse Skip, an Automatic Pulse Skipping mode, and a PWM mode.
Table 28. Buck Operating Modes
Mode
Description
The regulator is switched off and the output voltage is discharged
OFF
The regulator is switched on and set to PFM mode operation. In this mode, the regulator is always running in
PFM mode. Useful at light loads for optimized efficiency.
PFM
APS
The regulator is switched on and set to Automatic Pulse Skipping. In this mode the regulator moves automatically
between pulse skipping and full PWM mode depending on load conditions.
The regulator is switched on and set to PWM mode. In this mode the regulator is always in full PWM mode
operation regardless of load conditions.
PWM
The regulator is alternating between pulse skipping and PWM modes, depending on the load conditions.
PWMPS
Buck modes of operation are programmable for explicitly defined or load-dependent control.
When initially activated, regulators outputs will apply controlled stepping to the programmed value. The soft start feature limits
the inrush current at start-up. During soft start, the regulator will be forced to PWM mode for 3.0 ms and then default to the APS
mode A built in current limiter ensures that during normal operation the maximum current through the coil is not exceeded.
Point of Load feedback is intended for minimizing errors due to board level IR drops.
7.5.4.1
General Control
Operational modes of the Buck regulators can be controlled by direct SPI programming, altered by the state of the STANDBY
pin, by direct state machine influence (i.e., entering Off or low-power Off states, for example), or by load current magnitude when
so configured (Auto Pulse skip mode). Available modes include PWM with No Pulse Skipping (PWM), PWM with Pulse Skipping
(PWMPS), Pulse Frequency Mode (PFM), Automatic Pulse Skip (APS), and Off. The transition between the two modes PWMPS
and PWM can occur automatically, based on the load current (auto pulse skip mode). For light loading, the regulators should be
put into PFM mode to optimize efficiency.
SW1A/B, SW2, SW3, SW4A/B, and SW5, can be configured for mode switching with STANDBY or autonomously, based on load
current Auto pulse skip mode. Additionally, provisions are made for maintaining PFM operation in User off and Memhold modes,
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
40
Functional Block Description
to support state retention for faster start-up from the Low-power Off modes for Warm Start or Warm Boot. SWxMODE[3:0] bits
will be reset to their default values defined by PUMSx settings by the start-up sequencer.
Table 29 summarizes the Buck regulators programmability for Normal and Standby modes.
Table 29. Switching regulator Mode Control for Normal and Standby Operation
SWxMODE[3:0]
Normal Mode
Standby Mode
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Off
PWM
PWMPS
PFM
Off
Off
Off
Off
APS
Off
PWM
PWM
Off
PWM
APS
Off
APS
APS
PWMPS
PWMPS
APS
PFM
PFM
PFM
PFM
PWM
PWMPS
PWMPS
APS
PWM
PWMPS
PFM
In addition to controlling the operating mode in Standby, the voltage setting can be changed. The transition in voltage is handled
in a controlled slope manner, see Serial Interfaces for details. Each regulator has an associated set of SPI bits for Standby mode
set points. By default, the Standby settings are identical to the non-standby settings which are initially defined by PUMSx
programming.
The actual operating mode of the Switching regulators as a function of the STANDBY pin is not reflected through the SPI. In other
words, the SPI will read back what is programmed in SWxMODE[3:0], not the actual state that may be altered as described
previously.
Two tables follow for mode control in the low-power Off states. Note that a low-power Off activated SWx should use the Standby
set point as programmed by SWxSTBY[4:0]. The activated regulator(s) will maintain settings for mode and voltage until the next
start-up event. When the respective time slot of the start-up sequencer is reached for a given regulator, its mode and voltage
settings will be updated the same as if starting out of the Off state (except that switching regulators active through a low-power
Off mode will not be off when the start-up sequencer is started).
Table 30. Switching regulator Control In Memory Hold
Memory Hold Operational Mode
SWxMHMODE
(38)
0
1
Off
PFM
Notes:
38. For Memory Hold mode, an activated SWx should use the
Standby set point as programmed by SWxSTBY[4:0].
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
41
Functional Block Description
Table 31. Switching regulator Control In User Off
SWxUOMODE
User Off Operational Mode (39)
0
1
Off
PFM
Notes:
39. For User Off mode, an activated SWx should use the
Standby set point as programmed by SWxSTBY[4:0].
In normal steady state operating mode, the SW1xPWGD pin is high. When the buck charger set point is changed to a higher or
lower set point, the SW1xPWGD pin will go low and will go high again when the higher/lower set point is reached.
7.5.4.2
Switching Frequency
A PLL generates the Switching system clocking from the 32.768 kHz crystal oscillator reference. The switching frequency can
be programmed to 2.0 MHz or 4.0 MHz by setting the PLLX SPI bit as shown in Table 32.
Table 32. Buck Regulator Frequency
PLLX
Switching Frequency (Hz)
0
1
2 000 000
4 000 000
The clocking system provides a near instantaneous activation when the Switching regulators are enabled or when exiting PFM
operation for PWM mode. The PLL can be configured for continuous operation with PLLEN = 1.
7.5.4.3
SW1
SW1 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage mode control DC/DC regulator. It can be operated in single phase/dual
phase mode. The operating mode of the Switching regulators is configured by the SW1CFG pin. The SW1CFG pin is sampled
at start-up.
Table 33. SW1 Configuration
SW1CFG
VCOREDIG
Ground
SW1A/B Configuration Mode
Single Phase Mode
Dual Phase Mode
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
42
Functional Block Description
BP
SW1IN
SW1AMODE
SW1FAULT
ISENSE
CINSW 1A
Controller
SW1
SW1ALX
Driver
LSW 1A
DSW1
COSW1A
GNDSW1A
SW1FB
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SPI
Interface
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
BP
SW1BIN
SW1BMODE
ISENSE
CIN SW 1B
Controller
SW1BLX
Driver
SW1BFAULT
GNDSW1B
VCOREDIG
SW1CFG
Figure 8. SW1 Single Phase Output Mode Block Diagram
BP
SW1IN
SW1AMODE
ISENSE
CINSW1A
Controller
SW1
SW1ALX
Driver
LSW1A
COSW1A
DSW1A
SW1FAULT
GNDSW1A
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SPI
Interface
SW1FB
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
BP
SW1BIN
SW1BLX
SW1BMODE
ISENSE
CINSW1B
Controller
Driver
LSW 1B
COSW 1B
DSW1B
SW1BFAULT
GNDSW1B
SW1CFG
Figure 9. SW1 Dual Phase Output Mode Block Diagram
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
43
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected the regulator
will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation and alert the system through the SW1FAULT SPI bit and issue an SCPI
interrupt via the INT pin.
SW1A/B output voltage is SPI configurable in step sizes of 12.5 mV as shown in the table below. The SPI bits SW1A[5:0] set the
output voltage for both the SW1A and SW1B.
Table 34. SW1A/B Output Voltage Programmability
SW1A/B
Output (V)
SW1A/B
Output (V)
Set Point SW1A[5:0]
Set Point SW1A[5:0]
0
000000
000001
000010
000011
000100
000101
000110
000111
001000
001001
001010
001011
001100
001101
001110
001111
010000
010001
010010
010011
010100
010101
010110
010111
011000
011001
011010
011011
011100
011101
011110
011111
0.6500
0.6625
0.6750
0.6875
0.7000
0.7125
0.7250
0.7375
0.7500
0.7625
0.7750
0.7875
0.8000
0.8125
0.8250
0.8375
0.8500
0.8625
0.8750
0.8875
0.9000
0.9125
0.9250
0.9375
0.9500
0.9625
0.9750
0.9875
1.0000
1.0125
1.0250
1.0375
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
100000
100001
100010
100011
100100
100101
100110
100111
101000
101001
101010
101011
101100
101101
101110
101111
110000
110001
110010
110011
110100
110101
110110
110111
111000
111001
111010
111011
111100
111101
111110
111111
1.0500
1.0625
1.0750
1.0875
1.1000
1.1125
1.1250
1.1375
1.1500
1.1625
1.1750
1.1875
1.2000
1.2125
1.2250
1.2375
1.2500
1.2625
1.2750
1.2875
1.3000
1.3125
1.3250
1.3375
1.3500
1.3625
1.3750
1.3875
1.4000
1.4125
1.4250
1.4375
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
44
Functional Block Description
Table 35. SW1A/B Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW1A/B BUCK REGULATOR
Operating Input Voltage
• PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX
• PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX
VSW1IN
3.0
2.8
-
-
4.5
4.5
V
Output Voltage Accuracy
(40)
• PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients
• PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients
VSW1ACC
Nom-25
Nom-25
Nom
Nom
Nom+25
Nom+25
mV
Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V
• PWM mode single/dual phase (parallel)
• SW1 in PFM mode
ISW1
-
-
-
2000
-
mA
A
50
Current Limiter Peak Current Detection
• VIN = 3.6 V, Current through Inductor
ISW1PEAK
-
4.0
-
-
Transient Load Change
• 100 mA/µs
ISW1
A
-
-
1.0
25
TRANSIENT
VSW1OS-
Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0
mV
µs
START
Turn-on Time
tON-SW1
• Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0
-
-
500
Switching Frequency
• PLLX = 0
fSW1
-
-
2.0
4.0
-
-
MHz
µA
• PLLX = 1
Quiescent Current Consumption
• PWMPS or APS Mode, IL=0 mA; device not switching
• PFM Mode, IL=0 mA
ISW1Q
-
-
160
15
-
-
Efficiency,
• PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA
-
-
-
-
54
75
81
76
-
-
-
-
(41)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.1 V, 200 mA
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.1 V, 800 mA
• PWM, 1.1 V, 1600 mA
%
Notes:
40. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX/2.
41. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, excludes the quiescent current
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
45
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.5.4.4
SW2
SW2 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage-mode control DC/DC regulator.
BP
SW2IN
SW2MODE
ISENSE
C
INSW 3
Controller
SW2
SW2LX
Driver
LSW2
DSW 2
COSW2
SW2FAULT
SPI
Interface
GNDSW2
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SW2FB
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
Figure 10. SW2 Block Diagram
The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected, the regulator
will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation, alert the system through the SW2FAULT SPI bit, and issue an SCPI
interrupt via the INT pin.
SW2 can be programmed in step sizes of 12.5 mV as shown in Table 36.
Table 36. SW2 Output Voltage Programmability
SW2x
Output (V)
SW2 Output
(V)
Set Point SW2[5:0]
Set Point SW2[5:0]
0
1
000000
000001
000010
000011
000100
000101
000110
000111
001000
001001
001010
001011
001100
001101
001110
001111
010000
0.6500
0.6625
0.6750
0.6875
0.7000
0.7125
0.7250
0.7375
0.7500
0.7625
0.7750
0.7875
0.8000
0.8125
0.8250
0.8375
0.8500
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
100000
100001
100010
100011
100100
100101
100110
100111
101000
101001
101010
101011
101100
101101
101110
101111
110000
1.0500
1.0625
1.0750
1.0875
1.1000
1.1125
1.1250
1.1375
1.1500
1.1625
1.1750
1.1875
1.2000
1.2125
1.2250
1.2375
1.2500
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
46
Functional Block Description
Table 36. SW2 Output Voltage Programmability
SW2x
SW2 Output
(V)
Set Point SW2[5:0]
Set Point SW2[5:0]
Output (V)
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
010001
010010
010011
010100
010101
010110
010111
011000
011001
011010
011011
011100
011101
011110
011111
0.8625
0.8750
0.8875
0.9000
0.9125
0.9250
0.9375
0.9500
0.9625
0.9750
0.9875
1.0000
1.0125
1.0250
1.0375
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
110001
110010
110011
110100
110101
110110
110111
111000
111001
111010
111011
111100
111101
111110
111111
1.2625
1.2750
1.2875
1.3000
1.3125
1.3250
1.3375
1.3500
1.3625
1.3750
1.3875
1.4000
1.4125
1.4250
1.4375
Table 37. SW2 Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW2 BUCK REGULATOR
Operating Input Voltage
• PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX
• PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX
VSW2IN
3.0
2.8
-
-
4.5
4.5
V
Output Voltage Accuracy
(42)
• PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients
• PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients
VSW2ACC
Nom-25
Nom-25
Nom
Nom
Nom+25
Nom+25
mV
Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V
• PWM mode
• PFM mode
ISW2
-
-
-
1000
-
mA
A
50
Current Limiter Peak Current Detection
• VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor
ISW2PEAK
-
2.0
-
Transient Load Change
• 100 mA/µs
ISW2
A
-
-
-
-
0.500
25
TRANSIENT
VSW2OS-
Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0
mV
µs
START
Turn-on Time
tON-SW2
• Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0
-
-
500
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
47
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 37. SW2 Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW2 BUCK REGULATOR (CONTINUED)
Switching Frequency
-
-
-
• PLLX = 0
• PLLX = 1
fSW2
-
-
2.0
4.0
MHz
µA
Quiescent Current Consumption
• PWMPS or APS Mode, IL=0 mA; device not switching
• PFM Mode, IL = 0 mA; device not switching
ISW2Q
-
-
160
15
-
-
Efficiency
• PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA
-
-
-
-
54
75
83
78
-
-
-
-
(43)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.2 V, 120 mA
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.2 V, 500 mA
• PWM, 1.2 V, 1000 mA
%
Notes:
42. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX/2.
43. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, excludes the quiescent current.
7.5.4.5
SW3
SW3 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage mode control DC/DC regulator.
BP
SW3IN
SW3MODE
ISENSE
C
INSW 3
Controller
SW3
SW3LX
Driver
LSW3
DSW3
COSW3
SW3FAULT
SPI
Interface
GNDSW3
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SW3FB
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
Figure 11. SW3 Block Diagram
The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected the regulator
will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation and alert the system through the SW3FAULT SPI bit and issue an SCPI
interrupt via the INT pin.
SW3 can be programmed in step sizes of 25 mV as shown in Table 38.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
48
Functional Block Description
Table 38. SW3 Output Voltage Programmability
Set Point
SW3[4:0]
SW3 Output (V)
Set Point
SW3[4:0]
SW3 Output (V)
0
1
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
01111
0.6500
0.6750
0.7000
0.7250
0.7500
0.7750
0.8000
0.8250
0.8500
0.8750
0.9000
0.9250
0.9500
0.9750
1.0000
1.0250
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
10000
10001
10010
10011
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
11001
11010
11011
11100
11101
11110
11111
1.0500
1.0750
1.1000
1.1250
1.1500
1.1750
1.2000
1.2250
1.2500
1.2750
1.3000
1.3250
1.3500
1.3750
1.4000
1.4250
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
Table 39. SW3 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW3 BUCK REGULATOR
Operating Input Voltage
• PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX
• PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX
VSW3IN
3.0
2.8
-
-
4.5
4.5
V
Output Voltage Accuracy
(44)
• PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients
• PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients
VSW3ACC
Nom-3%
Nom-3%
Nom
Nom
Nom+3%
Nom+3%
mV
Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V
• PWM mode
• PFM mode
ISW3
-
-
-
500
-
mA
A
50
Current Limiter Peak Current Detection
• VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor
ISW3PEAK
-
-
1.0
-
-
Transient Load Change
• 100 mA/µs
ISW3
250
mA
mV
µs
TRANSIENT
VSW3OS-
Start-up Overshoot, IL = 100 mA/µs
-
-
-
-
25
START
Turn-on Time
tON-SW3
• Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0
500
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
49
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 39. SW3 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW3 BUCK REGULATOR (CONTINUED)
Switching Frequency
• PLLX = 0
• PLLX = 1
fSW3
-
-
2.0
4.0
-
-
MHz
µA
Quiescent Current Consumption
• PWMPS or APS Mode, IL=0 mA; device not switching
• PFM Mode, IL = 0 mA; device not switching
ISW3Q
-
-
160
15
-
-
Efficiency
• PFM, 1.2 V, 1.0 mA
-
-
-
-
71
79
82
81
-
-
-
-
(45)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.2 V, 120 mA
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.2 V, 250 mA
• PWM, 1.2 V, 500 mA
%
Notes:
44. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX/2
45. Efficiency numbers at VIN=3.6 V, Excludes the quiescent current,
7.5.4.6
SW4
SW4A/B is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage mode control DC/DC regulator. It can be operated in (single phase/
dual phase mode) or as separate independent outputs. The operating mode of the Switching regulator is configured by the
SW4CFG pin. The SW4CFG pin is sampled at start-up.
Table 40. SW4A/B Configuration
SW4CFG
Ground
SW4A/B Configuration Mode
Separate independent output
Single phase
VCOREDIG
VCORE
Dual phase
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
50
Functional Block Description
BP
SW4IN
SW4AMODE
ISENSE
CINSW 4A
Controller
SW4A
SW4ALX
Driver
LSW4A
COSW4A
DSW 4A
SW4AFAULT
GNDSW4A
SW4AFB
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
SPI
Interface
BP
SW4BIN
SW4BLX
SW4BMODE
ISENSE
CINSW 4B
Controller
SW4B
Driver
LSW4B
COSW 4B
DSW4B
SW4BFAULT
GNDSW4B
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SW4BFB
SW4CFG
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
Figure 12. SW4A/B Separate Output Mode Block Diagram
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
51
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
BP
SW4IN
SW4AMODE
SW4AFAULT
ISENSE
CINSW4A
Controller
SW4
SW4ALX
Driver
LSW4A
COSW4a
DSW4
GNDSW4A
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SW4AFB
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
SPI
Interface
BP
SW4BIN
SW4BMODE
ISENSE
CINSW4B
Controller
SW4BLX
Driver
SW4BFAULT
GNDSW4B
Internal
SPI
Compensation
Z2
SW4BFB
SW4CFG
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
VCOREDIG
Figure 13. SW4 Single Phase Output Mode Block Diagram
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
52
Functional Block Description
BP
SW4IN
SW4AMODE
SW4AFAULT
ISENSE
CINSW4A
Controller
SW4
SW4ALX
Driver
LSW4A
COSW4A
DSW4A
GNDSW4A
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SW4AFB
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
SPI
Interface
BP
SW4BIN
SW4BMODE
ISENSE
CINSW4B
Controller
SW4BLX
DSW4B
Driver
LSW4B
COSW4B
SW4BFAULT
GNDSW4B
Internal
SPI
Compensation
Z2
SW4BFB
SW4CFG
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
VCORE
Figure 14. SW4 Dual Phase Output Mode Block Diagram
The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected, the regulator
will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation, alert the system through the SW4xFAULT SPI bit, and issue an SCPI
interrupt via the INT pin.
SW4A/B has a high output range (2.5 V or 3.15 V) and a low output range (1.2 V to1.85 V). The SW4A/B output range is set by
the PUMS configuration at startup and cannot be changed dynamically by software. This means that If the PUMS are set to allow
SW4A to come up in the high output voltage range, the output can only be changed between 2.5 V or 3.15 V. It cannot be
programmed in the low output range. If software sets the SW4AHI[1:0]= 00, when the PUMS is set to come up into the high
voltage range, the output voltage will only go as low as the lowest setting in the high range which is 2.5 V. If the PUMS are set
to start up in the low output voltage range, the voltage is controlled through the SW4x[4:0] bits by software. It cannot be
programmed into the high voltage range. When changing the voltage in either the high or low voltage range, the switcher should
be forced into PWM mode to change the voltage.
Table 41. SW4A/B Output Voltage Select
SW4xHI[1:0]
Set point selected by
Output Voltage
00
01
10
SW4x[4:0]
SW4xHI[1:0]
SW4xHI[1:0]
See Table 42
2.5 V
3.15 V
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
53
Functional Block Description
Table 42. SW4A/B Output Voltage Programmability
SW4x
SW4x
Output (V)
Set Point SW4x[4:0]
Set Point SW4x[4:0]
Output (V)
0
1
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
01111
1.2000
1.2250
1.2500
1.2750
1.3000
1.3250
1.3500
1.3750
1.4000
1.4250
1.4500
1.4750
1.5000
1.5250
1.5500
1.5750
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
-
10000
10001
10010
10011
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
11001
11010
-
1.6000
1.6250
1.6500
1.6750
1.7000
1.7250
1.7500
1.7750
1.8000
1.8250
1.8500
-
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 43. SW4A/B Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW4A/B Buck Regulator
(47)
Operating Input Voltage
• PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX
• PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX
VSW4IN
3.0
2.8
-
-
4.5
4.5
V
Output Voltage Accuracy
(46)
• PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients
• PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients
VSW4ACC
Nom-3%
Nom-3%
Nom
Nom
Nom+3%
Nom+3%
mV
Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V
• PWM mode (separate)
-
-
-
-
-
500
1000
-
ISW4
mA
A
• PWM mode single/dual phase
• PFM mode
50
Current Limiter Peak Current Detection
• VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor (separate)
• Current through Inductor
ISW4PEAK
-
-
1.0
2.0
-
-
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
54
Functional Block Description
Table 43. SW4A/B Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW4A/B Buck Regulator (CONTINUED)
Transient Load Change
• Single/Dual Phase
• Separate
iSW4
-
-
-
-
500
250
mA
TRANSIENT
• 100 mA/µs
VSW4OS-
Start-up Overshoot, IL = 100 mA/µs
-
-
-
-
25
mV
µs
START
Turn-on Time
tON-SW4
• Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0
500
Switching Frequency
• PLLX = 0
fSW4
-
-
2.0
4.0
-
-
MHz
µA
• PLLX = 1
Quiescent Current Consumption
• PWMPS or APS Mode, IL=0 mA; device not switching
• PFM Mode, IL = 0 mA; device not switching
ISW4Q
-
-
160
15
-
-
Efficiency
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
79
93
92
82
72
71
81
78
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
• PFM, 3.15 V, 10 mA (A)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 3.15 V, 50 mA (A)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 3.15 V, 250 mA (A)
• PWM, 3.15 V, 500 mA (A)
(48)
%
• PFM, 1.2 V, 10 mA (B)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.2 V, 50 mA (B)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.2 V, 250 mA (B)
• PWM 1.2 V, 500 mA (B)
Notes:
46. Transient loading for load steps of ILMAX / 2.
47. When SW4A/B is set to 3.0 V and above the regulator may drop out of regulation when BP nears the output voltage.
48. Efficiency numbers at VIN = 3.6 V, excludes the quiescent current.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
55
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.5.4.7
SW5
SW5 is fully integrated synchronous Buck PWM voltage mode control DC/DC regulator.
BP
SW5IN
SW5MODE
ISENSE
CINSW5
Controller
SW5
SW5LX
Driver
LSW5
COSW5
DSW5
SW5FAULT
SPI
GNDSW5
Interface
Internal
Compensation
SPI
Z2
SW5FB
Z1
VREF
EA
DAC
Figure 15. SW5 Block Diagram
The peak current is sensed internally for over-current protection purposes. If an over-current condition is detected the regulator
will limit the current through cycle by cycle operation and alert the system through the SW5FAULT SPI bit and issue an SCPI
interrupt via the INT pin.
SW5 can be programmed in step sizes of 25 mV as shown in Table 44. If the software wants to change the output voltage, after
power-up the regulator should be forced into PWM mode to change the voltage.
Table 44. SW5 Output Voltage Programmability
SW5
Output (V)
SW5
Output (V)
Set Point SW5[4:0]
Set Point SW5[4:0]
0
1
00000
00001
00010
00011
00100
00101
00110
00111
01000
01001
01010
01011
01100
01101
01110
01111
1.2000
1.2250
1.2500
1.2750
1.3000
1.3250
1.3500
1.3750
1.4000
1.4250
1.4500
1.4750
1.5000
1.5250
1.5500
1.5750
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
-
10000
10001
10010
10011
10100
10101
10110
10111
11000
11001
11010
-
1.6000
1.6250
1.6500
1.6750
1.7000
1.7250
1.7500
1.7750
1.8000
1.8250
1.8500
-
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
56
Functional Block Description
Table 45. SW5 Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C TA 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SW5 BUCK REGULATOR
Operating Input Voltage
• PWM operation, 0 < IL < IMAX
• PFM operation, 0 < IL < ILMAX
VSW5IN
3.0
2.8
-
-
4.5
4.5
V
Output Voltage Accuracy
(49)
• PWM mode including ripple, load regulation, and transients
• PFM Mode, including ripple, load regulation, and transients
VSW5ACC
Nom-3%
Nom-3%
Nom
Nom
Nom+3%
Nom+3%
mV
Continuous Output Load Current, VINMIN < BP < 4.5 V
• PWM mode
• PFM mode
ISW5
-
-
-
1000
-
mA
A
50
Current Limiter Peak Current Detection
• VIN = 3.6 V Current through Inductor
ISW5PEAK
-
2.0
-
Transient Load Change
• 100 mA/µs
ISW5
mA
mV
µs
-
-
-
-
500
25
TRANSIENT
VSW5
Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0
OS-START
Turn-on Time
tON-SW5
• Enable to 90% of end value IL = 0
-
-
500
Switching Frequency
• PLLX = 0
fSW5
-
-
2.0
4.0
-
-
MHz
µA
• PLLX = 1
Quiescent Current Consumption
• PWMPS or APS Mode, IL=0 mA; device not switching
• PFM Mode, IL = 0 mA; device not switching
ISW5Q
-
-
160
15
-
-
Efficiency
• PFM, 1.8 V, 1.0 mA
-
-
-
-
80
79
86
82
-
-
-
-
(50)
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.8 V, 50 mA
• PWM Pulse skipping, 1.8 V, 500 mA
• PWM, 1.8 V, 1000 mA
%
Notes
49. Transient Loading for load Steps of ILMAX/2
50. Efficiency numbers at VIN=3.6 V, Excludes the quiescent current.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
57
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.5.4.8
Dynamic Voltage Scaling
To reduce overall power consumption, processor core voltages can be varied depending on the mode or activity level of the
processor. SW1A/B and SW2 allow for two different set points with controlled transitions to avoid sudden output voltage changes,
which could cause logic disruptions on their loads.
Preset operating points for SW1A/B and SW2 can be set up for:
• Normal operation: output value selected by SPI bits SWx[5:0]. Voltage transitions initiated by SPI writes to SWx[5:0] are
governed by the DVS stepping rate shown in the following tables.
• Standby (Deep Sleep): can be higher or lower than normal operation, but is typically selected to be the lowest state retention
voltage of a given process. Set by SPI bits SWxSTBY[5:0] and controlled by a Standby event. Voltage transitions initiated by
Standby are governed by the SWxDVSSPEED[1:0] SPI bits shown in Table 46.
The following table summarizes the set point control and DVS time stepping applied to SW1A/B and SW2.
Table 46. DVS Control Logic Table for SW1A/B and SW2
STANDBY
Set Point Selected by
0
1
SWx[4:0]
SWxSTBY[4:0]
Table 47. DVS Speed Selection
SWxDVSSPEED[1:0]
Function
00
01 (default)
10
12.5 mV step each 2.0 s
12.5 mV step each 4.0 s
12.5 mV step each 8.0 s
12.5 mV step each 16.0 s
11
The regulator has a strong sourcing and sinking capability in the PWM mode. Therefore, the rising/falling slope is determined by
the regulator in PWM mode. However, if the regulators are programmed in PFM, PWMPS, or APS mode during a DVS transition,
the falling slope can be influenced by the load. Additionally, as the current capability in PFM mode is reduced, controlled DVS
transitions in PFM mode could be affected. Critically timed DVS transitions are best assured with PWM mode operation.
Voltage transitions programmed through SPI(SWx[4:0]) on SW3 and SW5 will step in increments of 25 mV per 4.0 s, SW4A/B
will step in increments of 25 mV per 8.0 s when SW4xHI[1:0]=00, and SW4A/B will step in increments of 25 mV per 16 s when
SW4xHI[1:0]≠00. Additionally, SW3, SW4/B, and SW5 include standby mode set point programmability.
The following diagram shows the general behavior for the switching regulators when initiated with SPI programming or standby
control.
SW1 and SW2 also contain Power Good (outputs from the 34709 to the application processor). The power good signal is an
active high signal. When SWxPWRGDB is high, it means that the regulators output has reached its programmed voltage. The
SWxPWRGDB voltage outputs will be low during the DVS period and if the current limit is reached on the switching regulator.
The SWxPWRGD will be low from a low to high or a high to low transition of the regulator output voltage. During the DVS period,
the over-current condition on the switching regulator should be masked. If the current limit is reached outside of a DVS period,
the SWxPWRGD pin will stay low until the current limit condition is removed.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
58
Functional Block Description
Requested
Set Point
Output Voltage
with light Load
Internally
Controlled Steps
Example
Actual Output
Voltage
Output
Voltage
Init ial
Set Point
Actual
Output Voltage
Internally
Possible
Output Voltage
Window
Controlled Steps
Request for
Higher Voltage
Request for
Lower Voltage
Voltage
Change
Request
Initiated by SPI Programming, Standby Control
SWxPWGD
Figure 16. Voltage Stepping with DVS
7.5.5
Boost Switching Regulator
SWBST is a boost switching regulator with a programmable output, which defaults to 5.0 V on power-up, operating at 2.0 MHz.
SWBST supplies the VUSB regulator for the USB PHY. Note that the parasitic leakage path for a boost regulator will cause the
output voltage SWBSTOUT and SWBSTFB to sit at a Schottky voltage drop below the battery voltage whenever SWBST is
disabled. The switching NMOS transistor is integrated on-chip. An external fly back Schottky diode, inductor, and capacitor are
required.
BP
BP
4.7u
SWBSTIN
SWBST
SPI
Registers
2.2uH
SPI
Boosted Output
Voltage SWBST
SWBSTIN
SWBSTLX
Output
Drive
Switcher
Core
32 kHz
Control
22uF
SWBSTFB
GNDSWBST
= Package Pin
Figure 17. Boost Regulator Architecture
SWBST output voltage programmable via the SWBST[1:0] SPI bits as shown in Table 48.
Table 48. SWBST Voltage Programming
Parameter
Voltage
SWBST Output Voltage
00
01
10
11
5.000 (default)
5.050
SWBST[1:0]
5.100
5.150
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
59
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
SWBST can be controlled by SPI programming in PFM, PWM, and Auto mode. Auto mode transitions between PFM and PWM
mode based on the load current. By default SWBST is powered up in Auto mode.
Table 49. SWBST Mode Control
Parameter
Voltage
SWBST Mode
00
01
10
11
Off
PFM
SWBSTMODE[1:0]
SWBSTSTBYMODE[1:0]
Auto (default)
PWM
Table 50. SWBST Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SWITCH MODE SUPPLY SWBST
(51)
Average Output Voltage
VSWBST
V
• 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < IL < ILMAX
Nom-4%
-
VNOM
Nom+3%
120 mV
Output Ripple
VSWBSTACC
• 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V 0 < IL < ILMAX, excluding reverse recovery of
Schottky diode
Vp-p
-
Average Load Regulation
SWBSTACC
mV/mA
mV
• VIN = 3.6 V, 0 < IL < ILMAX
-
-
-
0.5
50
-
-
-
Average Line Regulation
VSWBST
• 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V IL = ILMAX
LINEAREG
Continuous Load Current
ISWBST
mA
• 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V, VOUT = 5.0 V
380
Peak Current Limit
ISWBSTPEAK
mA
mV
• At SWBSTIN, VIN = 3.6 V
-
-
1800
-
-
VSWBSTOS-
Start-up Overshoot, IL = 0 mA
500
START
Turn-on Time
tON-SWBST
fSWBST
ms
MHz
mV
• Enable to 90% of VOUT IL = 0
-
-
-
2.0
-
Switching Frequency
2.0
Transient Load Response, IL from 1.0 to 100 mA in 1.0 µs steps
• Maximum transient Amplitude
VSWBS
-
-
-
-
-
-
300
300
500
TRANSIENT
Transient Load Response, IL from 100 to 1.0 mA in 1.0 µs steps
• Maximum transient Amplitude
VSWBS
mV
µs
TRANSIENT
Transient Load Response, IL from 1.0 to 100 mA in 1.0 µs steps
• Time to settle 80% of transient
VSWBS
TRANSIENT
Transient Load Response, IL from 100 to 1.0 mA in 1.0 µs steps
• Time to settle 80% of transient
VSWBS
ms
%
-
-
20
-
TRANSIENT
Efficiency, IL = ILMAX
65
80
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
60
Functional Block Description
Table 50. SWBST Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SWITCH MODE SUPPLY SWBST (CONTINUED)
Bias Current Consumption
ISWBSTBIAS
µA
µA
• PFM or Auto mode
-
-
35
-
NMOS Off Leakage
ILEAK-SWBST
• SWBSTIN = 4.5 V, SWBSTMODE [1:0] = 0
1.0
6.0
Notes:
51. VIN is the low side of the inductor that is connected to BP.
7.5.6
Linear Regulators (LDOs)
This section describes the linear regulators provided. For convenience, these regulators are named to indicate their typical or
possible applications, but the supplies are not limited to these uses and may be applied to any loads within the specified regulator
capabilities.
A low-power standby mode controlled by STANDBY is provided for the regulators with an external pass device in which the bias
current is aggressively reduced. This mode is useful for deep sleep operation, where certain supplies cannot be disabled, but
active regulation can be tolerated with lesser parametric requirements. The output drive capability and performance are limited
in this mode.
All regulators use the main bandgap as reference. The main bandgap is bypassed with a capacitor at REFCORE. The bandgap
and the rest of the core circuitry are supplied from VCORE. The performance of the regulators is directly dependent on the
performance of VCOREDIG and the bandgap. No external DC loading is allowed on VCOREDIG or REFCORE. VCOREDIG is
kept powered as long as there is a valid supply and/or coin cell.
7.5.6.1
General Features
The following applies to all linear regulators, unless otherwise specified.
•
•
Advised bypass capacitor is the Murata GRM155R60G225ME95, which comes in a 0402 case.
In general, parametric performance specifications assume the use of low ESR X5R/X7R ceramic capacitors with 20%
accuracy and 15% temperature spread, for a worst case stack up of 35% from the nominal value. Use of other types with wider
temperature variation may require a larger room temperature nominal capacitance value to meet performance specs over
temperature. In addition, capacitor derating as a function of DC bias voltage requires special attention. Finally, minimum
bypass capacitor guidelines are provided for stability and transient performance. Larger values may be applied; performance
metrics may be altered and generally improved, but should be confirmed in system applications.
Regulators which require a minimum output capacitor ESR (those with external PNPs) can avoid an external resistor if ESR
is assured with capacitor specifications or board level trace resistance.
The output voltage tolerance specified for each of the linear regulators include process variation, temperature range, static
line regulation, and static load regulation.
In the Low-power mode, the output performance is degraded. Only those parameters listed in the Low-power mode section
are guaranteed. In this mode, the output current is limited to much lower currents than in the active mode.
When a regulator gets disabled, the output will be pulled towards ground by an internal pull-down. The pull-down is also
activated when RESETB goes low.
•
•
•
•
7.5.6.2
LDO Regulator Control
The regulators with embedded pass devices (VPLL, VGEN1, and VUSB) have an adaptive biasing scheme thus, there are no
distinct operating modes such as a Normal mode and a Low-power mode. Therefore, no specific control is required to put these
regulators in a Low-power mode.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
61
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
The external pass regulator (VDAC) can also operate in a normal and low-power mode. However, since a load current detection
cannot be performed for this regulator, the transition between both modes is not automatic and is controlled by setting the
corresponding mode bits for the operational behavior desired.
The regulators VUSB2, and VGEN2 can be configured for using the internal pass device or external pass device as explained in
Supplies. For both configurations, the transition between both modes is controlled by setting the VxMODE bit for the specific
regulator. Therefore, depending on the configuration selected, the automatic Low-power mode determines availability.
The regulators can be disabled and the general purpose outputs can be forced low when going into Standby (note that the
Standby response timing can be altered with the STBYDLY function, as described in the previous section). Each regulator has
an associated SPI bit for this. When the bit is not set, STANDBY is of no influence. The actual operating mode of the regulators
as a function of STANDBY is not reflected through SPI. In other words, the SPI will read back what is programmed, not the actual
state.
Table 51. LDO Regulator Control (external pass device LDOs)
VxEN
VxMODE
VxSTBY STANDBY(52)
Regulator Vx
0
1
1
1
1
1
X
0
1
X
0
1
X
0
0
1
1
1
X
X
X
0
1
1
Off
On
Low-power
On
Off
Low-power
Notes
52. STANDBY refers to a Standby event as described earlier
For regulators with internal pass devices, the previous table can be simplified by elimination of the VxMODE column.
Table 52. LDO Regulator Control (internal pass device LDOs)
VxEN
VxSTBY
STANDBY (53)
Regulator Vx
0
1
1
1
X
0
1
1
X
X
0
1
Off
On
On
Off
Notes
53. STANDBY refers to a Standby event as described earlier
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
62
Functional Block Description
7.5.6.3
Transient Response Waveforms
The transient load and line response are specified with the waveforms as depicted in Figure 18. Note that where the transient
load response refers to the overshoot only, so excluding the DC shift itself, the transient line response refers to the sum of both
overshoot and DC shift. This is also valid for the mode transition response.
V
NOM + 0.8V
IMAX
IL
VIN
VNOM + 0.3V
0 mA
10us
10us
1us
1us
VIN Stimulus for Transient Line Response
IL Stimulus for Transient Load Response
IL = 0 mA
IL = ILMAX
Overshoot
VOUT
Overshoot
VOUT for Transient Load Response
Active Mode
Low Power Mode
Active Mode
Overshoot
VOUT
Mode Transition
Time
Overshoot
IL < ILMAX
IL < ILMAXLP
IL < ILMAX
VOUT for Mode Transition Response
Figure 18. Transient Waveforms
7.5.6.4
Short-circuit Protection
The higher current LDOs, and those most accessible in product applications, include short-circuit detection and protection
(VDAC, VUSB, VUSB2, VGEN1, and VGEN2). The short-circuit protection (SCP) system includes debounced fault condition
detection, regulator shutdown, and processor interrupt generation, to contain failures and minimize the chance of product
damage. If a short-circuit condition is detected, the LDO will be disabled by resetting its VxEN bit, while at the same time, an
interrupt SCPI will be generated to flag the fault to the system processor. The SCPI interrupt is maskable through the SCPM
mask bit.
The SCP feature is enabled by setting the REGSCPEN bit. If this bit is not set, then not only is no interrupt generated, but also
the regulators will not automatically be disabled upon a short-circuit detection. However, the built-in current limiter will continue
to limit the output current of the regulator. Note that by default, the REGSCPEN bit is not set, so at start-up, none of the regulators
in an overload condition are disabled.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
63
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.5.6.5
VPLL
VPLL is provided for isolated biasing of the application processors PLLs for clock generation in support of protocol and peripheral
needs. Depending on the application and power requirements, this supply may be considered for sharing with other loads, but
noise injection must be avoided and filtering added, if necessary to ensure suitable PLL performance. The VPLL regulator has a
dedicated input supply pin.
VINPLL can be connected to either BP or a 1.8 V switched mode power supply rail such as from SW5 for the two lower set points
of each regulator VPLL[1:0] = [00], [01]. In addition, when the two upper set points (VPLL[1:0] = [10],[11]) are used, the VINPLL
inputs can be connected to either BP or a 2.2 V nominal external switched mode power supply rail, to improve power dissipation.
Table 53. VPLL Voltage Control
Parameter Value
Function
ILoad max
Input Supply
00
output = 1.2 V
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
BP or 1.8 V
BP or 1.8 V
01 output = 1.25 V
10 output = 1.50 V
VPLL[1:0]
BP or External switch
BP or External switch
11
output = 1.8 V
Table 54. VPLL Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
GENERAL
Operating Input Voltage Range
• VPLL all settings, BP biased
UVDET
1.75
-
4.5
4.5
4.5
VINPLL
V
• VPLL [1:0] = 00, 01 (SW5 = 1.8 V)
• VPLL, [1:0] = 10, 11, External Switch
1.8
2.2
2.15
Operating current Load range
IPLL
-
-
50
mA
VPLL ACTIVE MODE – DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VPLL
V
VNOM
– 0.05
VNOM
+ 0.05
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
VNOM
Load Regulation
VPLL-LOPP
VPLL-LIPP
IPLL-Q
mV/mA
mV
• 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
-
-
-
0.35
5.0
8.0
75
-
-
-
-
Line Regulation
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
Quiescent Current
µA
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
Current Limit
IPLLLIM
mA
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
VPLL ACTIVE MODE – AC
PSRR, IL = 75% of ILMAX, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
• VIN = UVDET
VPLLPSRR
35
50
40
60
-
-
dB
• VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V, > UVDET
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
64
Functional Block Description
Table 54. VPLL Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
Output Noise Density, VIN = VINMIN IL = 75% of ILMAX
• 100 Hz – 1.0 kHz
VPLLNOISE
-
-
20
-
-
dB/dec
• > 1.0 kHz – 1.0 MHz
2.5
V/Hz
VPLL ACTIVE MODE – AC (CONTINUED)
Turn-on Time
tON-VPLL
µs
ms
%
• Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
-
140
10
Turn-off Time
• Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
tOFF-VPLL
0.05
-
Start-up Overshoot
VPLLOS-
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
-
-
1.0
50
5.0
2.0
70
START
Transient Load Response
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX
VPLL-LO
mV
mV
TRANSIENT
Transient Line Response
• IL = 75% of ILMAX
VPLL-LI
8.0
TRANSIENT
7.5.6.6
VREFDDR
VREFDDR is an internal PMOS half supply Voltage Follower. The output voltage is at one half the input voltage. It’s typical
application is as the V for DDR memories. A filtered resistor divider is utilized to create a low frequency pole. This divider then
REF
utilizes a voltage follower to drive the load.
Table 55. VREFDDR Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
GENERAL
VREFFDDRIN
IREFDDR
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX
1.2
0.0
-
-
1.8
10
V
mA
VREFDDR ACTIVE MODE – DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VREFDDR
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
0.6
VIN/2
0.9
1.0
(54)
Output Voltage tolerance
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
• 0.6 mA < IL < 10 mA
VREFDDRTOL
%
-1.0
-
Load Regulation
VREFDDR
mV/mA
µA
• 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
-
-
5.0
8.0
36
-
-
-
LOPP
Quiescent Current
IREFDDRQ
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
Current Limit
IREFDDRLIM
mA
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
65
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 55. VREFDDR Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
VREFDDR ACTIVE MODE – AC
Turn-on Time
tON-VREFDDR
µs
• Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
-
-
100
10
Turn-off Time
• Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
tOFF-
ms
0.05
VREFDDR
VREFDDR ACTIVE MODE – AC (CONTINUED)
Start-up Overshoot
VREFDDROS
%
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
-
1.0
5.0
2.0
-
Transient Load Response
VREFDDRL
mV
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX
TRANSIENT
Notes
54. guaranteed at 25 °C only
7.5.6.7
VUSB
The VUSB regulator is used to supply 3.3 V to the external USB PHY, it is powered from the SWBST boost supply to ensure
current sourcing compliance through the normal discharge range of the battery/supply input. VUSB has an internal PMOS pass
FET which will support loads up to 100 mA.
Table 56. VUSB Electrical Characteristics
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
VUSB REGULATOR
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX
• Supplied by SWBST
VUSBIN
V
VSWBST
4%
-
VSWBST+3
%
-
-
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX
IUSB
0.0
100
mA
VUSB ACTIVE MODE - DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VUSB
V
mV/mA
mV
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMA
VNOM - 4%
3.3
1.0
-
VNOM + 4%
Load Regulation
VUSBLOPP
VUSBLIPP
VUSBSOCP
IUSBLIM
• 0 < IL < ILMAX from DM / DP, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
-
20
-
Line Regulation
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
-
Over-current Protection threshold
mA
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX, Short-circuit VOUT to ground
IMAX+20%
-
Current Limit
mA
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
180
-
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
66
Functional Block Description
Table 56. VUSB Electrical Characteristics
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
VUSB ACTIVE MODE - AC
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz
• VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV
VUSBPSRR
VUSBNOISE
dB
35
40
-
Output Noise - VIN = VINMIN IL = 75% of ILMAX
• 100 Hz – 50 kHz
-
-
-
-
1.0
0.2
V/Hz
• > 50 kHz – 1.0 MHz
7.5.6.8
VUSB2
VUSB2 has an internal PMOS pass FET which will support loads up to 65 mA. To support load currents an external PNP is
provided. The external PNP configuration is offered to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads and large differentials
between BP and output settings. For lower current requirements, an integrated PMOS pass FET is included. The input pin for
the integrated PMOS option is shared with the base current drive pin for the PNP option. The external PNP configuration must
be committed as a hardwired board level implementation. The recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor™
NSS12100XV6T1G, which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of continuous dissipation, at minimum footprint and 75 °C of
ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required, the recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor
NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons, a small minimum ESR may be required.
A short-circuit condition will shut down the VUSB2 regulator and generate an interrupt for SCPI.
The nominal output voltage of this regulator is SPI configurable, and can be 2.5 V, 2.6 V, 2.75 V, or 3.0 V. The output current
when working with the internal pass FET is 65 mA, and could be up to 350 mA when working with an external PNP.
Table 57. VUSB2 Voltage Control
ILoad max
Output
Voltage
Parameter Value
VUSB2CONFIG=0 VUSB2CONFIG=1
Internal Pass FET
External PNP
00
01
10
11
2.5 V
2.6 V
65 mA
65 mA
65 mA
65 mA
350 mA
350 mA
350 mA
350 mA
VUSB2[1:0]
2.75 V
3.00 V
Table 58. VUSB2 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
GENERAL
VNOM
0.25
+
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX
VUSB2IN
-
4.5
V
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX
• Internal pass FET
IUSB2
0.0
0.0
-
-
65
mA
• External PNP Not exceeding PNP max power
350
Extended Input Voltage Range
VUSB2IN
V
• Performance may be out of specification
UVDET
-
4.5
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
67
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 58. VUSB2 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
VUSB2 ACTIVE MODE - DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VUSB2
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
VNOM - 3%
VNOM
0.25
8.0
VNOM + 3%
Load Regulation
VUSB2LOPP
mV/mA
mV
• 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
-
-
-
Line Regulation
VUSB2LIPP
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
Over-current Protection threshold
VUSB2OCP
mA
µA
ILMAX
+20%
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX Short-circuit VOUT to GND
-
-
Active Mode Quiescent Current, VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
• IL = 0, Internal PMOS configuration
IUSB2Q
-
-
25
30
-
-
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0, External PNP configuration
Current Limit
• External PNP mode only
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
IUSB2LIM
-
4.62*
-
mA
• Current on VUSB2DRV multiplied by of external PNP transistor
(IUSB2DRV when VSUSB2DRV is forced to LDOVDD)
VUSB2 LOW-POWER MODE - DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VUSB2
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP
VNOM - 3%
0.0
VNOM
-
VNOM + 3%
3.0
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP
IUSB2
mA
µA
Low-power Mode Quiescent Current
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
IUSB2Q
-
8.0
-
VUSB2 ACTIVE MODE - AC
PSRR, IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz
• VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV
• VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V
VUSB2PSRR
35
50
40
60
-
-
dB
Output Noise Density, VIN = VINMIN IL = 75% of ILMAX
• 100 Hz – 1.0 kHz
VUSB
2NOISE
-
-
20
-
-
dB/dec
• > 1.0 kHz – 1.0 MHz
1.0
V/Hz
Turn-on Time
tON-VUSB2
ms
ms
%
• Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
0.05
-
-
-
1.0
10
Turn-off Time
tOFF-VUSB2
• Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
Start-up Overshoot
VUSB2OS-
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
1.0
2.0
START
Transient Load Response, VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX
• VUSB2=01, 10, 11
x
VUSB2LO
-
-
1.0
50
2.0
70
%
TRANSIENT
• VUSB2=00
mV
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
68
Functional Block Description
Table 58. VUSB2 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
Transient Line Response
• IL = 75% of ILMAX
VUSB2LI
mV
-
5.0
8.0
TRANSIENT
Mode Transition Time
tMOD-VUSB2
• From low-power to active and from active to low-power
IN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP
µs
%
-
-
-
100
2.0
V
Mode Transition Response
VUSBMODE
• From low-power to active and from active to low-power
1.0
RES
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
69
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.5.6.9
VDAC
The primary applications of this power supply is the TV-DAC. However, these supplies could also be used for other peripherals
if one of these functions is not required. Low-power modes and programmable standby options can be used to optimize power
efficiency during deep sleep modes.
An external PNP is utilized for VDAC to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads and large differentials between BP
and output settings. For stability reasons, a small minimum ESR may be required. In the Low-power mode for VDAC, an internal
bypass path is used instead of the external PNP. External PNP devices must always be connected to the BP line in the
application. The recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G, which is capable of handling up to
250 mW of continuous dissipation at minimum footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation
is required, the recommended PNP device is the ON Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability reasons, a small minimum
ESR may be required.
A short-circuit condition will shut down the VDAC regulator and generate an interrupt for SCPI.
The nominal output voltage of this regulator is SPI configurable, and can be 2.5 V, 2.6 V, 2.7 V, or 2.775 V. The maximum output
current along with an external PNP, is 250 mA.
Table 59. VDAC Voltage Control
Parameter
Value
Output Voltage
ILoad max
00
01
10
11
2.500 V
2.600 V
2.700 V
2.775 V
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
VDAC
Table 60. VDAC Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
GENERAL
VNOM
0.25
+
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX
VDACIN
-
4.5
V
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX
• Not exceeding PNP max power
IDAC
mA
0.0
-
-
250
4.5
Extended Input Voltage Range
VDACIN
V
• Performance may be out of specification
UVDET
VDAC ACTIVE MODE – DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VDAC
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
VNOM – 3%
VNOM
0.20
5.0
VNOM + 3%
Load Regulation
VDACLOPP
mV/mA
mV
• 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
-
-
-
Line Regulation
VDACLIPP
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
Over-current Protection threshold
VDACOCP
mA
µA
ILMAX
+20%
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX Short-circuit VOUT to GND
-
-
-
Active Mode Quiescent Current
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
IDACQ
-
30
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
70
Functional Block Description
Table 60. VDAC Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
Current Limit
• External PNP mode only
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
IDACLIM
-
3.2*
-
mA
• Current on VDACDRV multiplied by of external PNP transistor
(IDACDRV when VDACDRV is forced to LDOVDD)
VDAC LOW-POWER MODE – DC - VDACMODE=1
Output Voltage VOUT
VDAC
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP
VNOM – 3%
0.0
VNOM
-
VNOM + 3%
3.0
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP
IDAC
mA
µA
Low-power Mode Quiescent Current
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
IDACQ
-
8.0
-
VDAC ACTIVE MODE – AC
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz
• VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV
• VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V
VDACPSRR
35
50
40
60
-
-
dB
Output Noise Density, VIN = VINMIN IL = 75% of ILMAX
• 100 Hz – 1.0 kHz
-
-
-
-
-
-
-115
-126
-132
VDACNOISE
V/Hz
• > 1.0 kHz – 10 kHz
• > 10 kHz – 1.0 MHz
Spurs
VDACSPURS
dB
ms
ms
%
• 32.768 kHz and harmonics
-
-
-
-120
1.0
10
Turn-on Time
tON-VDAC
• Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
Turn-off Time
tOFF-VDAC
• Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
0.05
-
Start-up Overshoot
VDACOS-
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
-
-
-
1.0
1.0
5.0
-
2.0
2.0
8.0
100
START
Transient Load Response
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX
VDACLO
%
TRANSIENT
Transient Line Response
• IL = 75% of ILMAX
VDACLI
mV
µs
TRANSIENT
Mode Transition Time
tMODE-VDAC
• From low-power to active VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP
Mode Transition Response
VDACMODE
• From low-power to active and from active to low-power
%
-
1.0
2.0
RES
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP
7.5.6.10 VGEN1, VGEN2
General purpose LDOs, VGEN1, and VGEN2, are provided for expansion of the power tree to support peripheral devices, which
could include EMMC cards, WLAN, BT, GPS, or other functional modules. These regulators include programmable set points for
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
71
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
system flexibility. VGEN1 has an internal PMOS pass FET, and is powered from the SW5 buck for an efficiency advantage and
reduced power dissipation in the pass devices. VGEN2 is powered directly from the battery.
VGEN2 has an internal PMOS pass FET, which will support loads up to 50 mA. For higher current capability, drive for an external
PNP is provided. The external PNP is offered to avoid excess on-chip power dissipation at high loads and large differentials
between BP and output settings. The input pin for the integrated PMOS option is shared with the base current drive pin for the
PNP option. The external PNP device is always connected to the BP line in the application. The recommended PNP device is
the ON Semiconductor NSS12100XV6T1G which is capable of handling up to 250 mW of continuous dissipation at minimum
footprint and 75 °C of ambient. For use cases where up to 500 mW of dissipation is required, the recommended PNP device is
the ON Semiconductor NSS12100UW3TCG. For stability, a small minimum ESR may be required.
A short-circuit condition will shut down the VGEN1 and VGEN2 regulators, and generate an interrupt for SCPI.
The nominal output voltage of both VGEN1 and VGEN2 are SPI configurable with the VGENx[2:0] bits as shown in Table 61 and
Table 62.
Table 61. VGEN1 Control Register Bit Assignments
Parameter
Value
Output Voltage
ILoad max
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
1.2000
1.2500
1.3000
1.3500
1.4000
1.4500
1.5000
1.5500
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
VGEN1[2:0]
Table 62. VGEN2 Control Register Bit Assignments
ILoad max
Output
Voltage
Parameter Value
VGEN2CONFIG=0 VGEN2CONFIG=1
Internal Pass FET
External PNP
000
001
010
011
100
101
110
111
2.50
2.70
2.80
2.90
3.00
3.10
3.15
3.30
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
250 mA
VGEN2[2:0]
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
72
Functional Block Description
Table 63. VGEN1 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
GENERAL
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX
• All settings
VGEN1IN
V
1.75
0.0
1.8
-
1.85
250
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX
• Not exceeding PNP max power
IGEN1
mA
VGEN1 ACTIVE MODE – DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VGEN1
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
VNOM – 3%
VNOM
0.25
5.0
VNOM + 3%
Load Regulation
VGEN1LOPP
mV/mA
mV
• 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
-
-
-
Line Regulation
VGEN1LIPP
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
Over-current Protection threshold
VGEN1OCP
mA
ILMAX
+20%
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX Short-circuit VOUT to GND
-
-
Active Mode Quiescent Current
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
IGEN1Q
µA
-
-
12
-
-
Current Limit
IGEN1LIM
mA
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
375
VGEN1 ACTIVE MODE - AC
PSRR
• IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz VGEN1[2:0] = 000-101
VGEN1PSRR
50
37
60
-
-
-
dB
• IL = 75% of ILMAX 20 Hz to 20 kHz VGEN1[2:0] = 110-111
Output Noise Density, VIN = VINMIN IL = 75% of ILMAX
• 100 Hz – 1.0 kHz
-
-
-
-
-
-
-115
-126
-132
VGEN
1NOISE
V/Hz
• > 1.0 kHz – 10 kHz
• > 10 kHz – 1.0 MHz
Spurs
VGEN
1SPURS
dB
ms
ms
%
• 32.768 kHz and harmonics
-
-
-
-100
1.0
10
Turn-on Time
tON-VGEN1
• Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
-
Turn-off Time
tOFF-VGEN1
• Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
0.01
-
Start-up Overshoot
VGEN1OS-
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
-
-
-
1.0
1.0
5.0
2.0
2.0
8.0
START
Transient Load Response
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX
VGEN1LO
%
TRANSIENT
Transient Line Response
• IL = 75% of ILMAX
VGEN1LI
mV
TRANSIENT
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
73
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 63. VGEN1 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
VGEN1 ACTIVE MODE - AC (CONTINUED)
Mode Transition Time
tMODE-VGEN1
• From low-power to active and from active to low-power
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP
µs
%
-
-
-
100
2.0
Mode Transition Response
VGEN
1MODERES
• From low-power to active and from active to low-power
1.0
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = ILMAXLP
Table 64. VGEN2 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
VGEN2
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
Operating Input Voltage Range VINMIN to VINMAX
• All settings, BP biased
VGEN2IN
V
VNOM
+0.25
-
4.5
Operating Current Load Range ILMI to ILMAX
• Internal Pass FET
IGEN2
mA
mA
0.0
0.0
-
-
50
Operating Current Load Range ILMIN to ILMAX
• External PNP, Not exceeding PNP max power
IGEN2
250
Extended Input Voltage Range
VGEN2IN
mV/mA
• BP Biased, Performance may out of specification for output levels
VGEN2 [2:0] = 010 to 111
UVDET
-
4.5
VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE - DC
Output Voltage VOUT
VGEN2
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
VNOM - 3%
VNOM
0.20
8.0
VNOM + 3%
Load Regulation
VGEN2LOPP
mV/mA
mV
• 1.0 mA < IL < ILMAX, For any VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
-
-
-
-
Line Regulation
VGEN2LIPP
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX For any ILMIN < IL < ILMAX
Over-current Protection threshold
VGEN2OCP
mA
µA
ILmax
+20%
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX Short-circuit VOUT to GND
-
-
-
Active Mode Quiescent Current
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
IGEN2Q
-
-
30
Current Limit
• External PNP mode only
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX
IGEN2LIM
3.4*
-
mA
• Current on VGEN2DRV multiplied by of external PNP transistor
(IGEN2DRV when VGEN2DRV is forced to LDOVDD)
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
74
Functional Block Description
Table 64. VGEN2 Electrical Specification
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
VGEN2 LOW-POWER MODE - DC - VGEN2MODE=1
Output Voltage VOUT
VGEN2
V
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX ILMINLP < IL < ILMAXLP
VNOM - 3%
0.0
VNOM
-
VNOM + 3%
3.0
Current Load Range ILMINLP to ILMAXLP
IGEN2
mA
µA
Low-power Mode Quiescent Current
• VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX IL = 0
IGEN2Q
-
8.0
-
VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE - AC
PSRR - IL = 75% of ILmax, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
• VIN = VINMIN + 100 mV
• VIN = VNOM + 1.0 V
VGEN2PSRR
35
55
40
60
-
-
dB
Output Noise Density - VIN = VINMIN IL = 75% of ILMAX
• 100 Hz – 1.0 kHz
-
-
-
-
-
-
-115
-126
-132
VGEN
2NOISE
V/Hz
• > 1.0 kHz – 10 kHz
• > 10 kHz – 1.0 MHz
Turn-on Time
tON-VGEN22
ms
• Enable to 90% of end value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
-
-
1.0
VGEN2 ACTIVE MODE - AC (CONTINUED)
Turn-off Time
tOFF-VGEN2
ms
%
• Disable to 10% of initial value VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = 0
0.05
-
10
2.0
2.0
8.0
100
Start-up Overshoot
VGEN2OS-
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX IL = 0
-
-
-
-
1.0
1.0
5.0
-
START
Transient Load Response
• VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX
VGEN2LO
%
TRANSIENT
Transient Line Response
• IL = 75% of ILMAX
VGEN2LI
mV
µs
TRANSIENT
Mode Transition Time
tMODE-VGEN2
• From low-power to active VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP
Mode Transition Response
VGEN
2MODERES
• From low-power to active and from active to low-power
%
-
1.0
2.0
VIN = VINMIN, VINMAX, IL = ILMAXLP
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
75
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.6
Analog to Digital Converter
The ADC core is a 10 bit converter. The ADC core and logic run at an internally generated frequency of approximately 1.33 MHz.
The ADC is supplied from VCORE. The ADC core has an integrated auto calibration circuit which reduces the offset and gain
errors.
7.6.1
Input Selector
The ADC has 16 input channels. Table 65 gives an overview of the characteristics of each of these channels.
Table 65. ADC Inputs
Channel ADSELx[3:0]
Signal read
Input Level
Scaling
Scaled Version
Reserved
0
1
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
-40 – 150 °C
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0 – 3.6 V
0 – 2.4 V
0 – 2.4 V
0 – 2.4 V
0 – 2.4 V
0 – 2.4 V
0 – 2.4 V
0 – 2.4 V
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
2
Reserved
Die temperature
Reserved
3
1.2 – 2.4 V
4
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
X2/3
Reserved
Reserved
5
Reserved
Reserved
6
Reserved
Reserved
7
Reserved
Coin cell Voltage
ADIN9
8
0 – 2.4 V
9
x1
0 – 2.4 V
ADIN10
10
11
12
13
14
15
x1
0 – 2.4 V
ADIN11
x1
0 – 2.4 V
ADIN12/TSX1
ADIN13/TSX2
ADIN14/TSY1
ADIN15/TSY2
x1/x2
0 – 2.4 V / 0 -1.2 V
0 – 2.4 V / 0 -1.2 V
0 – 2.4 V / 0 -1.2 V
0 – 2.4 V / 0 -1.2 V
x1/x2
x1/x2
x1/x2
Some of the internal signals are first scaled to adapt the signal range to the input range of the ADC. For details on scaling, see
Dedicated Readings.
Table 66. ADC Input Specification
Parameter
Condition
Min Typ Max Units
No bypass capacitor at input
Bypass capacitor at input 10 nF
-
-
-
-
5.0
30
kOhm
kOhm
Source Impedance
When considerately exceeding the maximum input of the ADC at the scaled or unscaled inputs, the reading result will return a
full scale. It has to be noted however, that this full scale does not necessarily yield a 1022 DEC reading due to the offsets and
calibration applied. The same applies for when going below the minimum input where the corresponding 0000 DEC reading may
not be returned.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
76
Functional Block Description
7.6.2
Control
The ADC parameters are programmed by the processor via the SPI. When a reading sequence is finished, an interrupt
ADCDONEI is generated. The interrupt can be masked with the ADCDONEM bit.
The ADC is enabled by setting ADEN bit high. The ADC can start a series of conversions through SPI programming by setting
the ADSTART bit. If the ADEN bit is low, the ADC will be disabled and in low-power mode. The ADC is automatically calibrated
every time PMIC is powered.
The conversions will begin after a small analog synchronization of up to 30 microseconds, plus a programmable delay from 0
(default) up to 600 S, by programming the bits ADDLY1[3:0]. The ADDLY2[3:0] controls the delay between each of the
conversions from 0 to 600 S. ADDLY3[3:0] controls the delay after the final conversion, and is only valid when ADCONT is high.
ADDLY1, 2, and 3 are set to 0 by default.
Table 67. ADDLYx[3:0]
ADDLYx[3:0]
Delay in s
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
0.0
40
80
120
160
200
240
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
There is a max of 8 conversions that will take place when the ADC is started. The register ADSELx[3:0] selects the channel which
the ADC will read and store in the ADRESULTx register. The ADC will always start at the channel indicated in ADSEL0, and read
up to and including the channel set by the ADSTOP[2:0] bits. For example, when ADSTOP[2:0] = 010, it will request the ADC to
read channels indicated in ADSEL0, ADSEL1, and ADSEL2. When ADSTOP[2:0] = 111, all eight channels programmed by the
value in ADSEL0-7 will be read. When the ADCONT bit is set high, it allows the ADC to continuously loop and read the channels
from address 0 to the stop address programmed in ADSTOP. By default, the ADCONT is set low (disabled). In the continuous
mode, the ADHOLD bit will allow the software to hold the ADC sequencer from updating the results register while the ADC results
are read. Once the sequence of A/D conversions is complete, the ADRESULTx results are stored in 4 SPI registers (ADC 4 -
ADC 7).
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
77
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.6.3
Dedicated Readings
Channel 0 to 2 Reserve
7.6.3.1
Channel 0 to Channel 2 are reserved.
7.6.3.2
Channel 3 Die Temperature
The relation between the read out code and temperature is given in Table 68.
Table 68. Die Temperature Voltage Reading
Parameter
Die temperature read out code at 25 °C
Slope temperature change per LSB
Slope error
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
-
-
-
680
+0.426
-
-
-
Decimal
°C/LSB
%
5.0
The Actual Die Temperature is obtained as follows: Die Temp = 25 + 0.426 * (ADC Code - 680)
7.6.3.3
Channel 4 to 7 Reserved
Channel 4 to Channel 7 are reserved.
7.6.3.4
Channel 8 Coin Cell Voltage
The voltage of the coin cell connected to the LICELL pin can be read on channel 8. Since the voltage range of the coin cell
exceeds the input voltage range of the ADC, the LICELL voltage is scaled as V(LICELL)*2/3. In case the voltage at LICELL drops
below the coin cell disconnect threshold, the voltage at LICELL can still be read through the ADC.
Table 69. Coin Cell Voltage Reading Coding
Conversion Code
Voltage at ADC input (V) Voltage at LICELL (V)
ADRESULTx[9:0]
1 111 111 110
1 000 000 000
0 000 000 000
2.400
1.200
0.000
3.6
1.8
0
7.6.3.5
Channel 9-11 ADIN9-ADIN11
There are 3 general purpose analog input channels that can be measured through the ADIN9-ADIN11 pins.
7.6.3.6
Channel 12-15 ADIN12-ADIN15
If the touch screen is not used, the inputs TSX1, TSX2, TSY1, and TSY2 can be used as general purpose inputs. They are
respectively mapped on ADC channels 12, 13, 14, and 15.
7.6.4
Touch Screen Interface
The touch screen interface provides all circuitry required for the readout of a four-wire resistive touch screen. The touch screen
X plate is connected to TSX1 and TSX2, while the Y plate is connected to TSY1 and TSY2. A local supply TSREF will serve as
a reference. Several readout possibilities are offered.
If the touchscreen is not used, the inputs TSX1, TSX2, TSY1, and TSY2 can be used as general purpose inputs. They are
respectively mapped on ADC channels 12, 13, 14, and 15.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
78
Functional Block Description
Touch Screen Pen detection bias can be enabled via the TSPENDETEN bit in the AD0 register. When this bit is enabled and a
pen touch is detected, the TSPENDET bit in the Interrupt Status 0 register is set and the INT pin is asserted - unless the interrupt
is masked. Pen detection is only active when TSEN is low.
The reference for the touch screen (Touch Bias) is TSREF and is powered from VCORE. During touch screen operation, TSREF
is a dedicated regulator. No loads other than the touch screen should be connected here. When the ADC performs non touch
screen conversions, the ADC does not rely on TSREF and the reference is disabled.
The readouts are designed such that the on chip switch resistances are of no influence on the overall readout. The readout
scheme does not account for contact resistances, as present in the touch screen connectors. The touch screen readings will
have to be calibrated by the user or the factory, where one has to point with a stylus to the opposite corners of the screen. When
reading the X-coordinate, the 10-bit ADC reading represents a 10-bit coordinate, with ‘0’ for a coordinate equal to X-, and full
scale ‘1023’ when equal to X+. When reading the Y-coordinate, the 10-bit ADC reading represents a 10-bit coordinate, with ‘0’
for a coordinate equal to Y-, and full scale ‘1023’ when equal to Y+. When reading contact resistance, the 10-bit ADC reading
represents the voltage drop over the contact resistance created by the known current source, multiplied by 2.
The X-coordinate is determined by applying TSREF over the TSX1 and TSX2 pins, while performing a high-impedance reading
on the Y-plate through TSY1. The Y-coordinate is determined by applying TSREF between TSY1 and TSY2, while reading the
TSX1 pin. The contact resistance is measured by applying a known current into the TSY1 pin of the touch screen and through
the TSX2 pin, which is grounded. The voltage difference between the two remaining terminals TSY2 and TSX1 is measured by
the ADC, and equals the voltage across the contact resistance. Measuring the contact resistance helps determine if the touch
screen is touched with a finger or a stylus.
The TSSELx[1:0] allows the application processor to select its own reading sequence. The TSSELx[1:0] determines what is read
during the touch screen reading sequence, as shown in Table 70. The touch screen will always start at TSSEL0 and read up to
and including the channel set by TSSEL at the TSSTOP[2:0] bits. For example when TSSTOP[2:0] = 010, it will request the ADC
to read channels indicated in TSSEL0, TSSEL1, and TSSEL2. When TSSTOP[2:0] = 111, all eight addresses will be read.
Table 70. Touch Screen Action Select
TSSELx[1:0]
Signals Sampled
00
01
10
11
Dummy to discharge TSREF cap
X - plate
Y - plate
Contact
The touch screen readings can be repeated, as in the following example readout sequence, to reduce the interrupt rate and to
allow for easier noise rejection. The dummy conversion inserted between the different readings allows the references in the
system to be pre-biased for the change in touch screen plate polarity. It will read out as ‘0’.
A touch screen reading will take precedence over an ADC sequence. If an ADC reading is triggered during a touch screen event,
the ADC sequence will be overwritten by the touch screen data.
The first touch screen conversion can be delayed from 0 (default) to 600 s by programming the TSDLY1[3:0] bits. The
TSDLY2[3:0] controls the delay between each of the touch screen conversions from 0 to 600 s. TSDLY[2:0] sets the delay after
the last address is converted. TSDLY1, 2, and 3 are set to 0 by default.
Table 71. TSDLYx[3:0]
TSDLYx[3:0]
Delay in uS
0000
0001
0010
0011
0100
0101
0110
0
40
80
120
160
200
240
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
79
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 71. TSDLYx[3:0]
TSDLYx[3:0]
Delay in uS
0111
1000
1001
1010
1011
1100
1101
1110
1111
280
320
360
400
440
480
520
560
600
To perform a touch screen reading, the processor must do the following:
1. Enable the touch screen with TSEN
2. Select the touch screen sequence by programming the TSSEL0-TSSEL7 SPI bits.
3. Program the TSSTOP[2:0]
4. Program the delay between the conversion via the TSDLY1 and TSDLY2 settings.
5. Trigger the ADC via the TSSTART SPI bit
6. Wait for an interrupt indicating the conversion is done TSDONEI
7. And then read out the data in the ADRESULTx registers
7.6.5
ADC Specifications
Table 72. ADC Electrical Specifications
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
ADC
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
Conversion Current
-
1.0
-
mA
V
Converter Core Input Range
• Single-ended voltage readings
• Differential readings
VADCIN
0.0
-
-
2.4
1.2
-1.2
Conversion Time per channel
Integral Non-linearity
tCONVERT
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
10
3
s
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
LSB
s
Differential Non-linearity
Zero Scale Error (Offset)
Full Scale Error (Gain)
Drift Over-temperature
Turn On/Off Time
1
5
10
1
tON-OFF-ADC
31
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
80
Functional Block Description
7.7
Auxiliary Circuits
7.7.1
General Purpose I/Os
The 34709 contains four configurable GPIO input/outputs for general purpose use. When configured as outputs, they can be
configured as open-drain (OD) or CMOS (push-pull outputs). These GPIOs are low-voltage capable (1.2 or 1.8 V). In open-drain
configuration these outputs can only be pulled up to 2.5 V maximum.
Each individual GPIO has a dedicated 16-bit control register. Table 73 provides detailed bit descriptions.
Table 73. GPIOLVx Control (55)
SPI Bit
Description
GPIOLVx direction
0: Input (default)
1: Output
DIR
Input state of the GPIOLVx pin
0: Input low
DIN
DOUT
HYS
1: Input High
Output state of GPIOLVx pin
0: Output Low
1: Output High
Hysteresis
0: CMOS in
1: Hysteresis (default)
GPIOLVx input debounce time
00: no debounce (default)
01: 10 ms debounce
DBNC[1:0]
INT[1:0]
10: 20 ms debounce
11: 30 mS debounce
GPIOLVx interrupt control
00: None (default)
01: Falling edge
10: Rising edge
11: Both edges
Pad keep enable
0: Off (default)
1: On
PKE
ODE
DSE
PUE
Open-drain enable
0: CMOS (default)
1: OD
Drive strength enable
0: 4.0 mA (default)
1: 8.0 mA
Pull-up/down enable
0: pull-up/down off
1: pull-up/down on (default)
Pull-up/Pull-down enable
00: 10 K active pull-down
01: 10 K active pull-up
PUS[1:0]
10: 100 K active pull-down
11: 100 K active pull-up (default)
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
81
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 73. GPIOLVx Control (55)
SPI Bit
Description
Slew rate enable
00: slow (default)
01: normal
SRE[1:0]
10: fast
11: very fast
Notes
55. x= 0, 1, 2, or 3 depending of the GPIO channel it is being
used
7.7.2
PWM Outputs
There are two PWM outputs on the 34709 PWM1 and PWM2 and which are controlled by the PWMxDUTY and PWMxCLKDIV
registers shown in Table 74.The base clock will be the 2.0 MHz divided by 32.
Table 74. PWMx Duty Cycle Programming
PWMxDC[5:0]((56)
)
Duty Cycle
000000
000001
…
0/32, Off (default)
1/32
…
010000
…
16/32
…
31/32
011111
1xxxxx
32/32, Continuously On
Notes
56. “x” represent 1 and 2
32.768 kHz Crystal Oscillator RTC Block Description and Application Information
Table 75. PWMx Clock Divider Programming
PWMxCLKDIV[5:0]((57)
)
Duty Cycle
000000
000001
…
Base Clock
Base Clock / 2
…
001111
…
Base Clock / 16
…
111111
Notes
Base Clock / 64
57. “x” represent 1 and 2
7.8
Serial Interfaces
The IC contains a number of programmable registers for control and communication. The majority of registers are accessed
2
through a SPI interface in a typical application. The same register set may alternatively be accessed with an I C interface that is
2
muxed on SPI pins. Table 76 describes the muxed pin options for the SPI and I C interfaces; further details for each interface
mode follow.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
82
Functional Block Description
Table 76. SPI / I2C Bus Configuration
Pin Name
SPI Mode Functionality
I2C Mode Functionality
Configuration (59)
CS
Configuration (58), Chip Select
SPI Clock
CLK
SCL: I2C bus clock
MISO
MOSI
Notes
Master In, Slave Out (data output)
Master Out, Slave In (data input)
SDA: Bi-directional serial data line
A0 Address selection (60)
58. CS held low at Cold Start, configures the interface for SPI mode; once activated, CS functions as the SPI Chip Select.
59. CS tied to VCOREDIG at Cold Start, configures the interface for I2C mode; the pin is not used in I2C mode, other than for configuration.
60. In I2C mode, the MOSI pin is hardwired to ground, or VCOREDIG is used to select between two possible addresses.
7.8.1
SPI Interface
The IC contains a SPI interface port which allows access by a processor to the register set. Via these registers the resources of
the IC can be controlled. The registers also provide status information about how the IC is operating, as well as information on
external signals.
2
Because the SPI interface pins can be reconfigured for reuse as an I C interface, a configuration protocol mandates that the CS
pin is held low during a turn on event for the IC (a weak pull-down is integrated on the CS pin). The state of CS is latched in during
2
the initialization phase of a Cold Start sequence, ensuring that the I C bus is configured before the interface is activated. With
the CS pin held low during start-up (as would be the case if connected to the CS driver of an unpowered processor due to the
integrated pull-down), then the bus configuration will be latched for SPI mode.
The SPI port utilizes 32-bit serial data words comprised of 1 write/read_b bit, 6 address bits, 1 null bit, and 24 data bits. The
addressable register map spans 64 registers of 24 data bits each. The map is not fully populated, but it follows the legacy
conventions for bit positions corresponding to common functionality with previous generation FSL products.
7.8.1.1
SPI Interface Description
For a SPI read, the first bit sent to the IC must be a zero indicating a SPI read cycle. Next, the six bit address is sent MSB first.
This is followed by one dead bit to allow for more address decode time. The 34709 will clock the above bits in on the rising edge
of the SPI clock. Then the 24 data bits are driven out on the MISO pin on the falling edge of the SPI clock so the master can clock
them in on the rising edge of the SPI clock.
For each MOSI SPI transfer, first a one is written to the write/read_b bit if this SPI transfer is to be a write. A zero is written to the
write/read_b bit if this is to be a read command. If a zero is written, then any data sent after the address bits are ignored and the
internal contents of the field addressed do not change when the 32nd CLK is sent.
For a SPI write the first bit sent to the 34709 must be a one indicating a SPI write cycle. Next the six bit address is sent MSB first.
This is followed by one dead bit to allow for more address decode time. Then the data is sent MSB first. The SPI data is written
to the SPI register whose address was sent at the start of the SPI cycle on the falling edge of the 32nd SPI clock. Additionally,
whenever a SPI write cycle is taking place the SPI read data is shifted out for the same address as for the write cycle. Next the
6-bit address is written, MSB first. Finally, data bits are written, MSB first. Once all the data bits are written then the data is
transferred into the actual registers on the falling edge of the 32nd CLK.
The CS polarity is active high. The CS line must remain high during the entire SPI transfer. For a write sequence it is possible for
the written data to be corrupted, if after the falling edge of the 32nd clock the CS goes low before it's required time. CS can go
low before this point and the SPI transaction will be ignored, but after that point the write process is started and cannot be stopped
because the write strobe pulse is already being generated and CS going low may cause a runt pulse that may or may not be wide
enough to clock all 24 data bits properly. To start a new SPI transfer, the CS line must be toggled low and then pulled high again.
The MISO line will be tri-stated while CS is low.
The register map includes bits that are read/write, read only, read/write “1” to clear (i.e., Interrupts), and clear on read, reserved,
and unused. Refer to the SPI/I2C Register Map and the individual subcircuit descriptions to determine the read/write capability
of each bit. All unused SPI bits in each register must be written to as zeroes. A SPI read back of the address field and unused
bits are returned as zeroes. To read a field of data, the MISO pin will output the data field pointed to by the 6 address bits loaded
at the beginning of the SPI sequence.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
83
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
CS
CLK
MOSI
Write_En
Address5
Addr ess 4
Address3
Address2
Address 1
Address 0
“Dead Bit”
Data 23
Data 23
Data 22
Data 22
Data 1
Data 1
Data 0
Data 0
MISO
Figure 19. SPI Transfer Protocol Single Read/Write Access
CS
Preamble
First Address
Preamble Another Address
24 Bits Data
24 Bits Data
MOSI
MISO
24 Bits Data
24 Bits Data
Figure 20. SPI Transfer Protocol Multiple Read/Write Access
7.8.1.2
SPI Timing Requirements
Figure 21 and Table 77 summarize the SPI timing requirements. The SPI input and output levels are set via the SPIVCC pin, by
connecting it to the desired supply. This would typically be tied to SW5 and programmed for 1.80 V. The strength of the MISO
driver is programmable through the SPIDRV [1:0] bits. See Thermal Protection Thresholds for detailed SPI electrical
characteristics.
tCLKPER
tCLKHIGH
CS
tSELHLD
tSELLOW
tSELSU
tCLKLOW
CLK
tWRTSU
tWRTLHD
MOSI
MISO
tRDDIS
tRDEN
tRDSU
tRDHLD
Figure 21. SPI Interface Timing Diagram
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
84
Functional Block Description
Table 77. SPI Interface Timing Specifications(61)
Parameter
Description
t MIN (ns)
Time CS has to be high before the first rising edge of CLK
Time CS has to remain high after the last falling edge of CLK
Time CS has to remain low between two transfers
tSELSU
tSELHLD
tSELLOW
tCLKPER
tCLKHIGH
tCLKLOW
tWRTSU
tWRTHLD
tRDSU
15
15
15
Clock period of CLK
38
Part of the clock period where CLK has to remain high
Part of the clock period where CLK has to remain low
Time MOSI has to be stable before the next rising edge of CLK
Time MOSI has to remain stable after the rising edge of CLK
Time MISO will be stable before the next rising edge of CLK
Time MISO will remain stable after the falling edge of CLK
Time MISO needs to become active after the rising edge of CS
Time MISO needs to become inactive after the falling edge of CS
15
15
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
tRDHLD
tRDEN
tRDDIS
Notes
61. This table reflects a maximum SPI clock frequency of 26 MHz.
7.8.2
I2C Interface
2
7.8.2.1
I C Configuration
2
When configured for I C mode, the interface may be used to access the complete register map previously described for SPI
access. Since SPI configuration is more typical, references within this document will generally refer to the common register set
2
as a “SPI map” and bits as “SPI bits”; however, it should be understood that access reverts to I C mode when configured as such.
2
The SPI pins CLK and MISO are reused for the SCL and SDA lines respectively. Selection of I C mode for the interface is
configured by hard-wiring the CS pin to VCOREDIG on the application board. The state of CS is latched in during the initialization
2
phase of a Cold Start sequence, so the I CS bit is defined for bus configuration before the interface is activated. The pull-down
2
on CS will be deactivated if the high state is detected (indicating I C mode).
2
In I C mode, the MISO pin is connected to the bus as an open-drain driver, and the logic level is set by an external pull-up. The
2
part can function only as an I C slave device, not as a host.
2
7.8.2.2
I C Device ID
2
I C interface protocol requires a device ID for addressing the target IC on a multi-device bus. To allow flexibility in addressing for
bus conflict avoidance, pin programmable selection is provided to allow configuration for the address LSB(s). This product
supports 7-bit addressing only; support is not provided for 10-bit or general Call addressing.
2
Because the MOSI pin is not utilized for I C communication, it is reassigned for pin programmable address selection by
2
hardwiring to VCOREDIG or GND at the board level when configured for I C mode. MOSI will act as Bit 0 of the address. The
2
I C address assigned to FSL PM ICs (shared amongst our portfolio) is given as follows:
00010-A1-A0, the A1 and A0 bits are allowed to be configured for either 1 or 0. The A1 address bit is internally hardwired as a
“0”, leaving the LSB A0 for board level configuration. The designated address then is defined as: 000100-A0.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
85
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
2
7.8.2.3
I C Operation
2
The I C mode of the interface is implemented generally following the Fast Mode definition which supports up to 400 kbits/s
operation. (Exceptions to the standard are noted to be 7-bit only addressing, and no support for general Call addressing) Timing
diagrams, electrical specifications, and further details on this bus standard, is available on the internet, by typing
2
“I C specification” in the web search string field.
2
Standard I C protocol utilizes bytes of eight bits, with an acknowledge bit (ACK) required between each byte. However, the
number of bytes per transfer is unrestricted. The register map is organized in 24-bit registers which corresponds to the 24-bit
2
words supported by the SPI protocol of this product. To ensure that I C operation mimics SPI transactions in behavior of a
complete 24-bit word being written in one transaction, software is expected to perform write transactions to the device in 3-byte
sequences, beginning with the MSB. Internally, data latching will be gated by the acknowledge at the completion of writing the
third consecutive byte.
2
Failure to complete a 3-byte write sequence will abort the I C transaction and the register will retain its previous value. This could
be due to a premature STOP command from the master, for example.
2
I C read operations are also performed in byte increments separated by an ACK. Read operations also begin with the MSB and
3-bytes will be sent out unless a STOP command or NACK is received prior to completion.
The following examples show how to write and read data to the IC. The host initiates and terminates all communication. The host
sends a master command packet after driving the start condition. The device will respond to the host if the master command
packet contains the corresponding slave address. In the following examples, the device is shown always responding with an ACK
to transmissions from the host. If at any time a NAK is received, the host should terminate the current transaction and retry the
transaction.
Packet
Type
Device
Address
Register Address
7
0
0
7
0
0
Host SDA
(to MISO)
Continuation
START
0
R / W
A
C
K
A
C
K
Slave SDA
(from MISO)
Host can
also drive
another
Start instead
of Stop
Packet
Type
Master Driven Data
( byte 2 )
Master Driven Data
( byte 1)
Master Driven Data
( byte 0 )
23
16
15
8
7
0
Host SDA
(to MISO)
STOP
A
C
K
A
C
K
A
C
K
Slave SDA
(from MISO)
Figure 22. I2C 3-byte Write Example
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
86
Functional Block Description
Packet
Type
Device
Address
Register Address
Device Address
23
16
0
15
0
8
7
0
Host SDA
(to MISO)
Continuation
START
0
START
1
R /W
R /W
A
C
K
A
C
K
A
C
K
Slave SDA
(from MISO)
Host can also
drive another
Start instead of
Stop
Device Data
( byte 2)
Device Data
( byte 1 )
Device Data
( byte 0)
Packet
Type
A
C
K
A
C
K
Host SDA
(to MISO)
NA
CK
STOP
23
16
15
8
7
0
Slave SDA
(from MISO)
Figure 23. I2C 3-byte Read Example
7.8.3
SPI/I2C Specification
Table 78. SPI/I2C Electrical Characteristics
Characteristics noted under conditions BP = 3.6 V, -40 C T 85 C, unless otherwise noted. Typical values at BP = 3.6 V
A
and TA = 25 °C under nominal conditions, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol
Characteristic
Min
Typ
Max
Unit Notes
SPI Interface Logic IO
Input Low CS
VINCSLO
VINCSHI
VINMOSILO
0.0
1.1
-
-
0.4
V
V
Input High CS
SPIVCC+0.3
/
Input Low, MOSI, CLK
0.0
-
-
0.3*SPIVCC
SPIVCC+0.3
V
V
VINCLKLO
VINMOSIHI
/
Input High, MOSI, CLK
0.7*SPIVCC
VINCLKHI
Output Low MISO, INT
VMISOLO
VINTLO
/
V
• Output sink 100 A
0.0
SPIVCC-0.2
1.75
-
-
-
0.2
SPIVCC
3.6
Output High MISO, INT
VMISOHI
/
V
V
VINTHI
• Output source 100 A
SPIVCC Operating Range
VCC-SPI
MISO Rise and Fall Time, CL = 50 pF, SPIVCC = 1.8 V
• SPIDRV [1:0] = 00
-
-
-
-
6.0
2.5
3.0
2.0
-
-
-
-
• SPIDRV [1:0] = 01 (default)
• SPIDRV [1:0] = 10
tMISOET
ns
• SPIDRV [1:0] = 11
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
87
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.9
Configuration Registers
Register Set structure
7.9.1
The general structure of the register set is given in Table 79. Expanded bit descriptions are included in the following functional
sections for application guidance. For brevity’s sake, references are occasionally made herein to the register set as the “SPI map”
2
or “SPI bits”, but note that bit access is also possible through the I C interface option so such references are implied as
generically applicable to the register set accessible by either interface.
Table 79. Register Set
Register
Register
Register
Register
0
1
Interrupt Status 0
Interrupt Mask 0
Interrupt Sense 0
Interrupt Status 1
Interrupt Mask 1
Interrupt Sense 1
Power Up Mode Sense
Identification
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Memory A
Memory B
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Regulator Mode 0
GPIOLV0 Control
GPIOLV1 Control
GPIOLV2 Control
GPIOLV3 Control
Reserved
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
ADC5
ADC6
2
Memory C
ADC7
3
Memory D
Reserved
Supply Debounce
Reserved
Reserved
PWM Control
Unused
4
RTC Time
5
RTC Alarm
6
RTC Day
Reserved
7
RTC Day Alarm
Regulator 1 A/B Voltage
Regulator 2 & 3 Voltage
Regulator 4 A/B Voltage
Regulator 5 Voltage
Regulator 1 & 2 Mode
Regulator 3, 4 and 5 Mode
Regulator Setting 0
SWBST Control
Reserved
8
Regulator Fault Sense
Reserved
Reserved
9
Unused
Unused
10
11
12
13
14
15
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Reserved
ADC 0
Unused
Unused
ADC 1
Unused
Power Control 0
Power Control 1
Power Control 2
ADC 2
Unused
ADC 3
Unused
ADC4
Unused
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
88
Functional Block Description
7.9.2
Specific Registers
7.9.2.1
IC and Version Identification
The IC and other version details can be read via the identification bits. These are hardwired on the chip and described in Table 80.
Table 80. IC Revision Bit Assignment
Identifier
Value
Purpose
Represents the full mask revision
FULL_LAYER_REV[2:0]
XXX
Pass 1.0 = 001
Represents the full Metal revision
Pass 1.0 = 000
METAL_LAYER_REV[2:0]
FIN[2:0]
XXX
000
000
Options within same Reticle
Pass 1.0 = 000
Wafer manufacturing facility
Pass 1.0 = 000
FAB[2:0]
7.9.2.2
Embedded Memory
There are four register banks of general purpose embedded memory to store critical data. The data written to MEMA[23:0],
MEMB[23:0], MEMC[23:0], and MEMD[23:0] is maintained by the coin cell when the main battery is deeply discharged, removed,
or contact-bounced (i.e., during a power cut). The contents of the embedded memory are reset by RTCPORB. A known pattern
can be maintained in these registers to validate confidence in the RTC contents when power is restored after a power cut event.
Alternatively, the banks can be used for any system need for bit retention with coin cell backup.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
89
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
7.9.3
SPI/I2C Register Map
The complete SPI bitmap is given in Table 81.
Table 81. SPI/I2C Register Map
Register Types
Read / Write
Register Values
Reset
R/W
0 = low
Bits Loaded at Cold Start based on PUMS Value
Bits Reset by POR or Global Reset
R/WM
W1C
RO
Read / Write Modify
Write One to Clear
Read Only
1 = High
X = Variable
RESETB / Green Reset Bits Reset by POR or Global or Green Reset
Bits Reset by RTCPORB or Global Reset
Bits Reset by POR or OFFB
NU
Not Used
Bits Reset by RTCPORB Only
Register
Name
Address
Type
Default
34709 SPI Register Map Rev 0.1
23
-
22
-
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
Interrupt
Status 0
15
-
14
-
13
12
11
10
9
8
0x00
W1C h00_00_00
LOWBATT
-
-
-
-
-
Table 82
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
-
-
-
-
TSPENDET
TSDONEI
ADCDONEI
23
-
22
-
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
Interrupt
Mask 0
15
-
14
-
13
12
11
10
9
8
0x01
0x02
0x03
0x04
R/W h00_20_07
LOWBATTM
-
-
-
-
-
Table 83
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
-
-
-
-
TSPENDETM
TSDONEM
ADCDONEM
23
-
22
-
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
Interrupt
Sense 0
15
-
14
-
13
12
11
10
9
8
NU
h00_00_00
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
Table 84
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
23
22
21
20
GPIOLV3I
12
19
GPIOLV2I
11
18
17
16
-
BATTDETBI
-
GPIOLV1I
GPIOLV0I
SCPI
8
Interrupt
Status 1
15
14
13
10
9
WARMI
1
W1C h40_80_80
CLKI
THERM130
THERM125
THERM120
4
THERM110
3
MEMHLDI
PCI
0
Table 85
7
6
SYSRSTI
22
5
2
RTCRSTI
WDIRESTI
PWRON2I
20
PWRON1I
19
-
TODAI
17
1HZI
16
23
21
-
18
-
15
BATTDETBIM
14
GPIOLV3M
12
GPIOLV2M
11
GPIOLV1M
GPIOLV0M
9
SCPM
8
Interrupt
Mask 1
13
10
R/W h5F_FF_FB
CLKM
7
THERM130M
6
THERM125M THERM120M THERM110M
MEMHLDM
WARMM
1
PCM
0
Table 86
5
4
3
2
RTCRSTM
SYSRSTM
WDIRESTM
PWRON2M
PWRON1M
-
TODAM
1HZM
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
90
Functional Block Description
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
GPIOLV3S
GPIOLV2S
GPIOLV1S
GPIOLV0S
-
Interrupt
Sense 1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
0x05
0x06
0x07
0x08
RO hXX_XX_XX
CLKS
THERM130S
THERM125S
THERM120S
THERM110S
-
-
-
Table 87
7
-
6
-
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
PWRON2S
PWRON1S
-
-
-
23
-
22
-
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
Power Up
Mode Sense
15
-
14
-
13
12
11
10
9
8
RO
h00_00_XX
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table 88
7
6
5
4
PUMS4S
20
3
PUMS3S
19
2
1
0
-
-
PUMS5S
PUMS2S
PUMS1S
ICTESTS
23
22
21
18
17
-
16
PAGE[4:0]
-
-
15
-
14
-
13
-
12
-
11
3
10
FAB[2:0]
2
9
8
FIN[2]
0
Identification
Table 89
RO h00_0X_XX
7
6
5
4
1
FIN[1:0]
FULL_LAYER_REV[2:0]
METAL_LAYER_REV[2:0]
23
22
21
20
-
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
REGSCPEN
-
-
-
Regulator
Fault Sense
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
R0
h00_XX_XX
-
-
-
VGEN2FAULT VGEN1FAULT
VDACFAULT
VUSB2FAULT
VUSBFAULT
Table 90
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SWBSTFAULT
SW5FAULT
SW4BFAULT
SW4AFAULT
SW3FAULT
SW2FAULT
RSVD
SW1FAULT
23
22
-
21
20
-
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
14
-
13
12
-
11
10
9
8
0x09
To
0x0C
Unused
NU
h00_00_00
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
COINCHEN
VCOIN[2:0]
-
-
-
-
Power
Control 0
15
-
14
-
13
-
12
-
11
10
9
8
0x0D
0x0E
0x0F
R/W h00_00_40
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h42_23_00
-
-
PCUTEXPB
-
Table 93
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
CLK32KMCUEN USEROFFCLK
DRM
20
-
USEROFFSPI
WARMEN
PCCOUNTEN
PCEN
23
-
22
21
-
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
-
-
Power
Control 1
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
PCMAXCNT[3:0]
PCCOUNT[3:0]
Table 94
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PCT[7:0]
23
22
21
20
19
-
18
17
16
-
STBYDLY[1:0]
ON_STBY_LP
-
CLKDRV[1:0]
Power
Control 2
15
-
14
13
12
WDIRESET
4
11
-
10
9
8
SPIDRV[1:0]
STANDBYINV
2
GLBRSTTMR[1:0]
Table 95
7
6
5
3
1
0
PWRON2DBNC[1:0]
PWRON1BDBNC[1:0]
-
PWRON2RSTEN PWRON1RSTEN RESTARTEN
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
91
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
23
15
7
22
14
6
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
MEMA[23:16]
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
11
Memory A
Table 96
0x10
0x11
0x12
0x13
0x14
0x15
0x16
0x17
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h0X_XX_XX
R/W h01_FF_FF
R/W h00_XX_XX
R/W h00_7F_FF
MEMA[15:8]
MEMA[7:0]
3
1
0
23
15
7
22
14
6
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
MEMB[23:16]
11
Memory B
Table 97
MEMB[15:8]
3
1
0
MEMB[7:0]
23
15
7
22
14
6
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
MEMC[23:16]
11
Memory C
Table 98
MEMC[15:8]
3
1
0
MEMC[7:0]
23
15
7
22
14
6
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
MEMD[23:16]
11
Memory D
Table 99
MEMD[15:8]
3
1
0
MEMD[7:0]
23
22
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
18
10
2
17
9
16
TOD[16]
8
RTCCALMODE[1:0]
RTCCAL[4:0]
15
7
14
11
RTC Time
Table 100
TOD[15:8]
6
3
1
0
TOD[7:0]
23
RTCDIS
15
22
SPARE
14
21
SPARE
13
20
SPARE
12
19
18
SPARE
10
17
SPARE
9
16
TODA[16]
8
SPARE
11
RTC Alarm
Table 101
TODA[15:8]
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TODA[7:0]
23
-
22
-
21
-
20
-
19
18
-
17
-
16
-
-
15
-
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
RTC Day
Table 102
DAY[14:8]
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DAY[7:0]
23
-
22
-
21
-
20
-
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
-
RTC Day
Alarm
15
-
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
DAYA[14:8]
Table 103
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DAYA[7:0]
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
92
Functional Block Description
23
15
7
22
14
6
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
11
3
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
RSVD[5:0]
RSVD[5:4]
Regulator
1A/B Voltage
0x18
0x19
0x1A
0x1B
0x1C
0x1D
0x1E
0x1F
R/WM hXX_XX_XX
R/WM hXX_XX_XX
R/WM hXX_XX_XX
R/WM h00_XX_XX
R/WM h52_80_48
R/WM h52_08_48
R/WM h00_XX_XX
R/WM h00_00_0X
RSVD[3:0]
SW1ASTBY[5:2]
Table 104
1
0
SW1ASTBY[1:0]
SW1A[5:0]
23
-
22
14
6
21
13
5
20
19
11
3
18
10
2
17
-
16
SW3[4]
8
SW3STBY[4:0]
Regulator
2&3 Voltage
15
12
9
SW3[3:0]
SW2STBY[5:2]
Table 105
7
4
20
12
4
1
17
9
0
SW2STBY[1:0]
SW2[5:0]
23
15
7
22
14
6
21
13
5
19
18
10
16
SW4BHI[1:0]
SW4BSTBY[4:0]
SW4B[4]
Regulator 4
Voltage
11
8
SW4B[3:0]
SW4AHI[1:0]
SW4ASTBY[4:3]
Table 106
3
2
1
0
SW4ASTBY[2:0]
SW4A[4:0]
23
22
-
21
-
20
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
-
-
15
-
-
Regulator 5
Voltage
14
13
12
11
10
9
-
8
-
SW5TBY[4:0]
Table 107
7
6
-
5
-
4
3
2
1
0
-
SW5[4:0]
18
23
PLLX
15
22
21
20
19
17
16
PLLEN
14
SW2DVSSPEED[1:0]
SW2UOMODE SW2MHMODE
SW2MODE[3:2]
Regulator
1, 2 Mode
13
-
12
-
11
-
10
-
9
-
8
-
SW2MODE[1:0]
Table 108
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SW1DVSSPEED[1:0]
23 22
SW5UOMODE SW5MHMODE
SW1AUOMODESW1AMHMODE
SW1AMODE[3:0]
17
21
20
12
4
19
18
16
SW5MODE[3:0]
11
SW4BUOMODE SW4BMHMODE
Regulator
3, 4, 5 Mode
15
14
13
10
9
8
0
SW4BMODE[3:0]
SW4AUOMODE SW4AMHMODE
SW4AMODE[3:2]
Table 109
7
6
5
3
2
1
SW4AMODE[1:0]
SW3UOMODE SW3MHMODE
SW3MODE[3:0]
23
-
22
-
21
-
20
-
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
-
Regulator
Setting 0
15
-
14
-
13
-
12
11
10
9
8
VGEN2[2]
0
VUSB2[1:0]
VPLL[1:0]
Table 110
7
6
5
4
3
-
2
1
VGEN2[1:0]
VDAC[1:0]
VGEN1[2:0]
23
-
22
-
21
-
20
-
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
-
SWBST
Control
15
-
14
-
13
-
12
-
11
-
10
-
9
-
8
-
Table 111
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPARE
SWBSTSTBYMODE[1:0]
SPARE
SWBSTMODE[1:0]
SWBST[1:0]
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
93
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
23
22
-
21
-
20
VUSB2MODE VUSB2STBY
12 11
19
18
VUSB2EN
10
17
16
-
VUSB2CONFIG
VPLLSTBY
Regulator
Mode 0
15
14
13
9
8
0x20
0x21
0x22
0x23
0x24
R/WM h0X_XX_XX
R/W h00_38_0X
R/W h00_38_0X
R/W h00_38_0X
R/W h00_38_0X
VPLLEN
VGEN2MODE VGEN2STBY
VGEN2EN VGEN2CONFIG VREFDDREN
-
-
Table 112
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
VDACMODE
VDACSTBY
VDACEN
VUSBEN
-
VGEN1STBY
VGEN1EN
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPARE
GPIOLV0
Control
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
SRE1
SRE0
PUS1
PUS0
PUE
DSE
ODE
PKE
Table 113
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INT1
INT0
DBNC1
DBNC0
HYS
DOUT
DIN
DIR
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPARE
GPIOLV1
Control
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
SRE1
SRE0
PUS1
PUS0
PUE
DSE
ODE
PKE
Table 114
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INT1
INT0
DBNC1
DBNC0
HYS
DOUT
DIN
DIR
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPARE
GPIOLV2
Control
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
SRE1
SRE0
PUS1
PUS0
PUE
DSE
ODE
PKE
Table 115
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
INT1
INT0
DBNC1
DBNC0
HYS
DOUT
DIN
DIR
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
SPARE
GPIOLV3
Control
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
PKE
0
SRE1
SRE0
PUS1
PUS0
PUE
DSE
ODE
Table 116
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
INT1
INT0
DBNC1
DBNC0
HYS
DOUT
DIN
DIR
16
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
-
17
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
14
13
12
11
10
-
9
8
0x25
to
0x2A
Unused
NU
h00_00_00
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
23
-
22
-
-
-
19
-
-
-
21
20
18
17
16
SPARE
15
SPARE
14
SPARE
TSPENDETEN
SPARE
11
TSSTOP[2:0]
13
TSSTART
5
12
TSEN
4
10
SPARE
2
9
SPARE
1
8
THERM
0
ADC 0
0x2B
R/W h00_00_00
Table 119
TSHOLD
7
TSCONT
6
SPARE
3
SPARE
23
ADSTOP[2:0]
21
ADHOLD
19
ADCONT
18
ADSTART
17
ADEN
16
22
20
12
4
TSDLY3[3:0]
TSDLY2[3:0]
15
7
14
13
11
3
10
9
1
8
0
ADC 1
0x2C
R/W h00_00_00
Table 120
TSDLY1[3:0]
ADDLY3[3:0]
6
5
2
ADDLY2[3:0]
ADDLY1[3:0]
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
94
Functional Block Description
23
15
7
22
ADSEL5[3:0]
14
ADSEL3[3:0]
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
11
3
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
ADSEL4[3:0]
ADSEL2[3:0]
ADSEL0[3:0]
ADC 2
0x2D
0x2E
0x2F
0x30
0x31
0x32
0x33
0x34
R/W h00_00_00
Table 121
6
1
0
ADSEL1[3:0]
23
15
7
22
14
6
21
13
5
20
12
4
19
11
3
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
TSSEL7[1:0]
TSSEL3[1:0]
TSSEL6[1:0]
TSSEL2[1:0]
TSSEL5[1:0]
TSSEL1[1:0]
TSSEL4[1:0]
TSSEL0[1:0]
ADC 3
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h00_00_00
R/W h00_00_00
Table 122
1
0
ADSEL7[3:0]
ADSEL6[3:0]
23
15
22
21
20
19
18
10
2
17
9
16
8
ADRESULT1[9:2]
14
13
-
12
11
3
ADC 4
Table 123
ADRESULT1[1:0]
-
ADRESULT0[9:6]
7
6
5
4
1
0
-
ADRESULT0[5:0]
-
23
15
7
22
14
21
20
19
18
10
2
17
16
ADRESULT3[9:2]
13
-
12
11
3
9
8
ADC 5
Table 124
ADRESULT3[1:0]
-
ADRESULT2[9:6]
6
5
4
1
0
-
ADRESULT2[5:0]
-
23
15
22
14
6
21
20
19
18
10
2
17
16
ADRESULT5[9:2]
13
-
12
11
3
9
8
ADC 6
Table 125
ADRESULT5[1:0]
-
ADRESULT4[9:6]
7
23
15
7
5
4
1
0
-
ADRESULT4[5:2]
-
22
14
21
20
19
18
10
2
17
16
ADRESULT7[9:2]
13
-
12
11
3
9
8
ADC 7
Table 126
ADRESULT7[9:2]
-
ADRESULT6[9:6]
6
5
4
1
0
-
ADRESULT6[5:0]
-
23
-
22
-
21
-
20
19
-
18
-
17
16
-
-
12
-
-
9
-
15
-
14
-
13
-
11
-
10
-
8
-
Unused
NU
h00_00_00
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
23
-
22
-
21
-
20
-
19
-
18
-
17
16
DIE_TEMP_DB[1:0]
Supply
Debounce
15
-
14
-
13
-
12
-
11
-
10
-
9
-
8
-
R/W h03_00_00
Table 128
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
VBATTDB[1:0]
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
95
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
23
-
22
-
21
-
20
-
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
-
15
-
14
-
13
-
12
-
11
-
10
-
9
8
0x35
to
0x36
Unused
NU
h00_00_00
-
-
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
PWM2CLKDIV[5:0]
PWM2DUTY[5:4]
15
7
14
13
12
4
11
3
10
9
8
0
PWM Control
Table 130
0x37
R/W h00_00_00
PWM2DUTY[3:0]
PWM1CLKDIV[5:2]
6
5
2
1
PWM1CLKDIV[1:0]
PWM1DUTY[5:0]
23
-
22
21
-
20
-
19
-
18
-
17
-
16
-
-
14
-
15
-
13
-
12
-
11
-
10
-
9
-
8
-
0x38
to
Unused
NU
h00_00_00
0x3F
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
7.9.4
SPI Register’s Bit Description
Table 82. Register 0, Interrupt Status 0
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ADCDONEI
TSDONEI
TSPENDET
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
LOWBATT
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
1
RW1C
RESETB
0
0
0
-
ADC has finished requested conversions
Touchscreen has finished requested conversions
Touch screen pen detection
For Future Use
RW1C
RESETB
2
RW1C
RESETB
3
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
4
-
-
For Future Use
5
-
-
For Future Use
6
-
-
For Future Use
7
-
-
For Future Use
8
-
-
For Future Use
9
-
-
For Future Use
10
11
12
-
-
For Future Use
-
-
For Future Use
-
-
For Future Use
13 RW1C
RESETB
0
-
Low battery threshold warning
For Future Use
14
15
16
17
18
19
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
96
Functional Block Description
Table 82. Register 0, Interrupt Status 0
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
20
21
22
23
R
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 83. Register 1, Interrupt Mask 0
Name
Bit # R/W Reset Default
Description
ADCDONEM
TSDONEM
TSPENDETM
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
LOWBATTM
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
1
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
1
1
1
-
ADCDONEI mask bit
TSDONEI mask bit
Touch screen pen detect mask bit
For Future Use
2
3
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
4
-
For Future Use
5
-
For Future Use
6
-
For Future Use
7
-
For Future Use
8
-
For Future Use
9
-
For Future Use
10
11
12
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
13 R/W RESETB
1
-
LOBATLI mask bit
For Future Use
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
-
For Future Use
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
97
Functional Block Description
Table 84. Register 2, Interrupt Sense 0
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
Unused
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0
0
0
-
Not available
Not available
Not available
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
Not available
For Future Use
For Future Use
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
For Future Use
Not available
Not available
Unused
2
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
3
4
-
5
-
6
-
7
0
-
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
8
9
-
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Unused
-
-
-
-
0
0
Unused
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 85. Register 3, Interrupt Status 1
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
1HZI
TODAI
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
RW1C RTCPORB
RW1C RTCPORB
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1.0 Hz time tick
Time of day alarm
Unused
PWRON1I
PWRON2I
WDIRESETI
SYSRSTI
RTCRSTI
PCI
RW1C
RW1C
OFFB
OFFB
PWRON1 event
PWRON2 event
RW1C RTCPORB
RW1C RTCPORB
RW1C RTCPORB
WDI system reset event
PWRON system reset event
RTC reset event
RW1C
OFFB
Power cut event
WARMI
RW1C RTCPORB
Warm start event
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
98
Functional Block Description
Table 85. Register 3, Interrupt Status 1
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
MEMHLDI
THERM110
THERM120
THERM125
THERM130
CLKI
10 RW1C RTCPORB
11 RW1C RESETB
12 RW1C RESETB
13 RW1C RESETB
14 RW1C RESETB
15 RW1C RESETB
16 RW1C RESETB
17 RW1C RESETB
18 RW1C RESETB
19 RW1C RESETB
20 RW1C RESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Memory hold event
110 °C thermal threshold
120 °C thermal threshold
125 °C thermal threshold
130 °C thermal threshold
Clock source change
Short-circuit protection trip detection
GPIOLV1 interrupt
SCPI
GPIOLV1I
GPIOLV2I
GPIOLV3I
GPIOLV4I
Unused
GPIOLV2 interrupt
GPIOLV3 interrupt
GPIOLV4 interrupt
21
22
23
R
R
R
-
Not available
Reserved
Unused
-
For future use
RESETB
0
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 86. Register 4, Interrupt Mask 1
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
1HZM
TODAM
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R/W RTCPORB
R/W RTCPORB
R
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1HZI mask bit
TODAI mask bit
Unused
PWRON1M
PWRON2M
WDIRESETM
SYSRSTM
RTCRSTM
PCM
R/W
R/W
OFFB
OFFB
PWRON1 mask bit
PWRON2 mask bit
R/W RTCPORB
R/W RTCPORB
R/W RTCPORB
WDIRESETI mask bit
SYSRSTI mask bit
RTCRSTI mask bit
R/W
OFFB
PCI mask bit
WARMM
R/W RTCPORB
WARMI mask bit
MEMHLDM
10 R/W RTCPORB
MEMHLDI mask bit
THERM110M 11 R/W
THERM120M 12 R/W
THERM125M 13 R/W
THERM130M 14 R/W
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
THERM110 mask bit
THERM120 mask bit
THERM125 mask bit
THERM130 mask bit
CLKI mask bit
CLKM
15 R/W
16 R/W
17 R/W
18 R/W
19 R/W
SCPM
Short-circuit protection trip mask bit
GPIOLV1 interrupt mask bit
GPIOLV2 interrupt mask bit
GPIOLV3 interrupt mask bit
GPIOLV1M
GPIOLV2M
GPIOLV3M
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
99
Functional Block Description
Table 86. Register 4, Interrupt Mask 1
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
GPIOLV4M
Unused
20 R/W
RESETB
1
0
-
GPIOLV4 interrupt mask bit
Not available
21
22
23
R
R
R
Reserved
Unused
-
For Future use
1
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 87. Register 5, Interrupt Sense 1
Name
Bit # R/W Reset Default
Description
Unused
Unused
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
S
S
0
0
0
0
0
0
S
S
S
S
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Not available
Not available
Unused
2
Not available
PWRON1S
PWRON2S
Unused
3
NONE
NONE
PWRON1I sense bit
PWRON2I sense bit
Not available
4
5
Unused
6
Not available
Unused
7
Not available
Unused
8
Not available
Unused
9
Not available
Unused
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Not available
THERM110S
THERM120S
THERM125S
THERM130S
CLKS
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
THERM110 sense bit
THERM120 sense bit
THERM125 sense bit
THERM130 sense bit
CLKI sense bit
Not available
Unused
Unused
Not available
Unused
Not available
Unused
Not available
Unused
Not available
Unused
Not available
Reserved
Unused
-
For Future Use
Not available
NONE
0
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
100
Functional Block Description
Table 88. Register 6, Power-up Mode Sense
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ICTESTS
PUMS1S
PUMS2S
PUMS3S
PUMS4S
PUMS5S
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
S
L
L
L
L
L
0
0
0
-
ICTEST sense state
PUMS1 state
PUMS2 state
PUMS3 state
PUMS4 state
PUMS5 state
Not available
Not available
Not available
For future use
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 89. Register 7, Identification
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
METAL_LAYER_REV0
METAL_LAYER_REV1
METAL_LAYER_REV2
FULL_LAYER_REV0
FULL_LAYER REV1
FULL_LAYER REV2
FIN0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Metal Layer version
Pass 1.0 = 000
Full Layer version
Pass 1.0 = 001
FIN version
FIN1
Pass 1.0 = 000
FIN2
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
101
Functional Block Description
Table 89. Register 7, Identification
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
FAB0
FAB1
9
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE
NONE
NONE
X
X
X
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FAB version
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Pass 1.0 = 000
FAB2
Unused
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
PAGE0
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
PAGE1
PAGE2
SPI Page
PAGE3
PAGE4
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 90. Register 8, Regulator Fault Sense
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW1FAULT
Reserved
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
NONE
-
S
-
SW1 fault detection
For future use
SW2FAULT
SW3FAULT
SW4AFAULT
SW4BFAULT
SW5FAULT
SWBSTFAULT
VUSBFAULT
VUSB2FAULT
VDACFAULT
VGEN1FAULT
VGEN2FAULT
Unused
2
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
0
SW2 fault detection
SW3 fault detection
SW4A fault detection
SW4B fault detection
SW5 fault detection
SWBST fault detection
VUSB fault detection
VUSB2 fault detection
VDAC fault detection
VGEN1 fault detection
VGEN2 fault detection
Not available
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13-22
23
RESCGPEN
R/W RESETB
0
Regulator short-circuit protect enable
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
102
Functional Block Description
Table 91. Register 9, Reserved
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Reserved
23-0
R
-
-
For future use
Table 92. Register 10 to 12, Unused
Name
Bit # R/W
23-0
Reset
Default
Description
Reserved
R
-
-
For future use
Table 93. Register 13, Power Control 0
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
PCEN
PCCOUNTEN
WARMEN
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Power cut enable
Power cut counter enable
Warm start enable
USEROFFSPI
DRM
SPI command for entering user off modes
Keeps VSRTC and CLK32KMCU on for all states
Keeps the CLK32KMCU active during user off
Enables the CLK32KMCU
RTCPORB (62)
RTCPORB
USEROFFCLK
CLK32KMCUEN
Unused
RTCPORB
Not available
Unused
R
Not available
PCUTEXPB=1 at a start-up event indicates that PCUT timer did not
expire (assuming it was set to 1 after booting)
PCUTEXPB
9
R/W
RTCPORB
0
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Reserved
VCOIN0
VCOIN1
VCOIN2
COINCHEN
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
For Future Use
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
-
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
Coin cell charger voltage setting
Coin cell charger enable
Notes:
62. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset)
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
103
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 94. Register 14, Power Control 1
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
PCT0
PCT1
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PCT2
2
PCT3
3
Power cut timer
PCT4
4
PCT5
5
PCT6
6
PCT7
7
PCCOUNT0
PCCOUNT1
PCCOUNT2
PCCOUNT3
PCMAXCNT0
PCMAXCNT1
PCMAXCNT2
PCMAXCNT3
Unused
8
9
Power cut counter
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Maximum allowed number of power cuts
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Not available
Unused
R
Unused
R
Unused
R
Unused
R
Unused
R
Unused
R
Unused
R
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 95. Register 15, Power Control 2
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
RESTARTEN
PWRON1RSTEN
PWRON2RSTEN
Unused
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
Enables automatic restart after a system reset
Enables system reset on PWRON1 pin
Enables system reset on PWRON2 pin
Not available
PWRON1DBNC0
PWRON1DBNC1
PWRON2DBNC0
PWRON2DBNC1
GLBRSTTMR0
GLBRSTTMR1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
Sets debounce time on PWRON1 pin
Sets debounce time on PWRON2 pin
Sets Global reset time
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
104
Functional Block Description
Table 95. Register 15, Power Control 2
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
STANDBYINV
Unused
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
R/W
R
RTCPORB
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
If set then STANDBY is interpreted as active low
Not available
WDIRESET
SPIDRV0
SPIDRV1
Unused
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RESETB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
Enables system reset through WDI
SPI drive strength
Not available
Not available
Unused
R
CLK32KDRV0
CLK32KDRV1
Unused
R/W
R/W
R
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
CLK32K and CLK32KMCU drive strength (master control bits)
Not available
Not available
Unused
R
On Standby Low-power Mode
0 = Low-power mode disabled
1 =Low-power mode enabled
ON_STBY_LP
21
R/W
RESETB
0
STBYDLY0
STBYDLY1
22
23
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
1
0
Standby delay control
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 96. Register 16, Memory A
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
MEMA0
MEMA1
MEMA2
MEMA3
MEMA4
MEMA5
MEMA6
MEMA7
MEMA8
MEMA9
MEMA10
MEMA11
MEMA12
MEMA13
MEMA14
MEMA15
MEMA16
MEMA17
MEMA18
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Backup memory A
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
105
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 96. Register 16, Memory A
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
MEMA19
MEMA20
MEMA21
MEMA22
MEMA23
19
20
21
22
23
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
Backup memory A
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 97. Register 17, Memory B
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
MEMB0
MEMB1
MEMB2
MEMB3
MEMB4
MEMB5
MEMB6
MEMB7
MEMB8
MEMB9
MEMB10
MEMB11
MEMB12
MEMB13
MEMB14
MEMB15
MEMB16
MEMB17
MEMB18
MEMB19
MEMB20
MEMB21
MEMB22
MEMB23
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Backup memory B
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
106
Functional Block Description
Table 98. Register 18, Memory C
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
MEMC0
MEMC1
MEMC2
MEMC3
MEMC4
MEMC5
MEMC6
MEMC7
MEMC8
MEMC9
MEMC10
MEMC11
MEMC12
MEMC13
MEMC14
MEMC15
MEMC16
MEMC17
MEMC18
MEMC19
MEMC20
MEMC21
MEMC22
MEMC23
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Backup memory C
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 99. Register 19, Memory D
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
MEMD0
MEMD1
MEMD2
MEMD3
MEMD4
MEMD5
MEMD6
MEMD7
MEMD8
MEMD9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Backup memory D
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
107
Functional Block Description
Table 99. Register 19, Memory D
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
MEMD10
MEMD11
MEMD12
MEMD13
MEMD14
MEMD15
MEMD16
MEMD17
MEMD18
MEMD19
MEMD20
MEMD21
MEMD22
MEMD23
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
RTCPORB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Backup memory D
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 100. Register 20, RTC Time
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
TOD0
TOD1
TOD2
TOD3
TOD4
TOD5
TOD6
TOD7
TOD8
TOD9
TOD10
TOD11
TOD12
TOD13
TOD14
TOD15
TOD16
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Time of day counter
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
108
Functional Block Description
Table 100. Register 20, RTC Time
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
RTCCAL0
RTCCAL1
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
RTCPORB (63)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RTCCAL2
RTC calibration count
RTCCAL3
RTCCAL4
RTCCALMODE0
RTCCALMODE1
RTC calibration mode
Notes
63. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset)
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 101. Register 21, RTC Alarm
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
TODA0
TODA1
TODA2
TODA3
TODA4
TODA5
TODA6
TODA7
TODA8
TODA9
TODA10
TODA11
TODA12
TODA13
TODA14
TODA15
TODA16
Unused
RTCDIS
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
RTCPORB (64)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Time of day alarm
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17- 22
23
Not available
Disable RTC
R/W
RTCPORB (64)
Notes
64. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset)
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
109
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 102. Register 22, RTC Day
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
DAY0
DAY1
DAY2
DAY3
DAY4
DAY5
DAY6
DAY7
DAY8
DAY9
DAY10
DAY11
DAY12
DAY13
DAY14
Unused
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
RTCPORB (65)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Day counter
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 - 23
Not available
Notes
65. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset)
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
110
Functional Block Description
Table 103. Register 23, RTC Day Alarm
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
DAYA0
DAYA1
DAYA2
DAYA3
DAYA4
DAYA5
DAYA6
DAYA7
DAYA8
DAYA9
DAYA10
DAYA11
DAYA12
DAYA13
DAYA14
Unused
0
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
RTCPORB (66)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Day alarm
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15 - 23
Not available
Notes
66. Reset by RTCPORB but not during a GLBRST (global reset)
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 104. Register 24, Regulator 1A/B Voltage
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW1A0
SW1A1
0
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
-
1
SW1A2
2
SW1 setting in normal mode
SW1A3
3
SW1A4
4
SW1A5
5
SW1ASTBY0
SW1ASTBY1
SW1ASTBY2
SW1ASTBY3
SW1ASTBY4
SW1ASTBY5
Reserved
6
7
8
SW1 setting in Standby mode
9
10
11
12 - 23
R
-
For future use
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
111
Functional Block Description
Table 105. Register 25, Regulator 2 & 3 Voltage
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW20
SW21
0
1
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
0
*
*
*
*
*
0
SW22
2
SW2 setting in normal mode
SW23
3
SW24
4
SW25
5
SW2STBY0
SW2STBY1
SW2STBY2
SW2STBY3
SW2STBY4
SW2STBY5
SW30
6
7
8
SW2 setting in Standby mode
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
SW31
SW32
SW3 setting in normal mode
Not available
SW33
SW34
Unused
SW3STBY0
SW3STBY1
SW3STBY2
SW3STBY3
SW3STBY4
Unused
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
SW3 setting in standby mode
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 106. Register 26, REgulator 4A/B
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW4A0
SW4A1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
SW4A2
SW4A setting in normal mode
SW4A3
SW4A4
SW4ASTBY0
SW4ASTBY1
SW4ASTBY2
SW4ASTBY3
SW4ASTBY4
SW4A setting in Standby mode
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
112
Functional Block Description
Table 106. Register 26, REgulator 4A/B
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW4AHI0
SW4AHI1
SW4B0
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
NONE
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
SW4A high setting
SW4B1
SW4B2
SW4B setting in normal mode
SW4B3
SW4B4
R/WM RESETB
R/WM RESETB
R/WM RESETB
R/WM RESETB
R/WM RESETB
R/WM RESETB
R/WM RESETB
R/WM RESETB
SW4BSTBY0
SW4BSTBY1
SW4BSTBY2
SW4BSTBY3
SW4BSTBY4
SW4BHI0
SW4BHI1
SW4B setting in Standby mode
SW4B high setting
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 107. Register 27, REgulator 5 Voltage
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW50
SW51
0
1
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
0
SW52
2
SW4 setting in normal mode
Not available
SW53
3
SW54
4
Unused
5 - 9
10
SW5STBY0
SW5STBY1
SW5STBY2
SW5STBY3
SW5STBY4
Unused
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R/WM NONE
R
11
12
SW5 setting in Standby mode
Not available
13
14
15 - 23
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 108. Register 28, Regulators 1 & 2 Operating Mode
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW1AMODE0
SW1AMODE1
SW1AMODE2
SW1AMODE3
0
1
2
3
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
0
1
SW1A operating mode
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
113
Functional Block Description
Table 108. Register 28, Regulators 1 & 2 Operating Mode
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW1AMHMODE
SW1AUOMODE
SW1DVSSPEED0
SW1DVSSPEED1
Unused
4
5
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
OFFB
OFFB
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
SW1A Memory Hold mode
SW1A User Off mode
6
RESETB
RESETB
SW1 DVS1 speed
7
8 - 13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Not available
SW2MODE0(67)
SW2MODE1(67)
SW2MODE2(67)
SW2MODE3(67)
SW2MHMODE
SW2UOMODE
SW2DVSSPEED0
SW2DVSSPEED1
PLLEN
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
OFFB
SW2 operating mode
SW2 Memory Hold mode
SW2 User Off mode
OFFB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
SW2 DVS1 speed
PLL enable
PLLX
PLL multiplication factor
Notes
67. SWxMODE[3:0] bits will be reset to their default values by the start-up sequencer, based on PUMS settings. An enabled switch will
default to APS mode for both Normal and Standby operation.
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 109. Register 29, Regulators 3, 4, and 5 Operating Mode
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SW3MODE0
SW3MODE1
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
OFFB
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
SW3 operating mode
SW3MODE2
2
SW3MODE3
3
SW3MHMODE
SW3UOMODE
SW4AMODE0
SW4AMODE1
SW4AMODE2
SW4AMODE3
SW4AMHMODE
SW4AUOMODE
SW4BMODE0
SW4BMODE1
SW4BMODE2
SW4BMODE3
SW4BMHMODE
4
SW3 Memory Hold mode
SW3 User Off mode
5
OFFB
6
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
OFFB
7
SW4A operating mode
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
SW4A Memory Hold mode
SW4A User Off mode
OFFB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
OFFB
SW4B operating mode
SW4B Memory Hold mode
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
114
Functional Block Description
Table 109. Register 29, Regulators 3, 4, and 5 Operating Mode
SW4BUOMODE
SW5MODE0(68)
SW5MODE1(68)
SW5MODE2(68)
SW5MODE3(68)
SW5MHMODE
SW5UOMODE
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
OFFB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
OFFB
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
SW4B User Off mode
SW5 operating mode
SW5 Memory Hold mode
SW5 User Off mode
OFFB
Notes
68. SWxMODE[3:0] bits will be reset to their default values by the start-up sequencer, based on PUMS settings. An enabled regulator will
default to APS mode for both Normal and Standby operation.
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 110. Register 30, Regulator Setting 0
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
VGEN10
VGEN11
VGEN12
Unused
VDAC0
VDAC1
VGEN20
VGEN21
VGEN22
VPLL0
0
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
*
*
*
0
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
0
1
VGEN1 setting
2
3
Not available
VDAC setting
4
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R/WM
R
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
5
6
7
VGEN2 setting
VPLL setting
8
9
VPLL1
10
11
12
13 -23
VUSB20
VUSB21
Unused
VUSB2 setting
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 111. Register 31, SWBST Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SWBST0
SWBST1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
NONE
NONE
*
SWBST setting
*
SWBSTMODE0
SWBSTMODE1
Spare
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
0
1
0
0
1
SWBST mode
Not available
SWBSTSTBYMODE0
SWBSTSTBYMODE1
SWBST standby mode
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
115
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 111. Register 31, SWBST Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Spare
Unused
7
R/W
R
RESETB
0
0
Not available
Not available
8 - 23
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 112. Register 32, Regulator Mode 0
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
VGEN1EN
VGEN1STBY
Unused
0
1
R/W
R/W
R
NONE
*
0
0
1
*
VGEN1 enable
VGEN1 controlled by standby
Not available
RESETB
2
VUSBEN
3
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
RESETB
NONE
VUSB enable (PUMS4:1=[0100]).
VDAC enable
VDACEN
4
VDACSTBY
VDACMODE
Unused
5
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
0
0
0
*
VDAC controlled by standby
VDAC operating mode
Not available
6
7
Unused
8
R
Not available
Unused
9
R
Not available
VREFDDREN
10
R/W
NONE
NONE
VREFDDR enable
PUMS5 Tied to ground = 0: VGEN2 with external PNP
PUMS5 Tied to VCROREDIG =1:VGEN2 internal PMOS
VGEN2CONFIG
11
R/W
*
VGEN2EN
VGEN2STBY
VGEN2MODE
VPLLEN
12
13
14
15
16
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
NONE
RESETB
RESETB
NONE
*
0
0
*
VGEN2 enable
VGEN2 controlled by standby
VGEN2 operating mode
VPLL enable
VPLLSTBY
RESETB
0
VPLL controlled by standby
PUMS5 Tied to ground = 0: VUSB2 with external PNP
PUMS5 Tied to VCROREDIG =1:VUSB2 internal PMOS
VUSB2CONFIG
17
R/W
NONE
*
VUSB2EN
VUSB2STBY
VUSB2MODE
Unused
18
19
20
21
22
23
R/W
R/W
R/W
R
NONE
*
VUSB2 enable
VUSB2 controlled by standby
VUSB2 operating mode
Not available
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
0
0
0
Unused
R
Not available
Unused
R
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
116
Functional Block Description
Table 113. Register 33, GPIOLV0 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
GPIOLV0 direction
0: Input
DIR
0
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
0
1: Output
Input state of GPIOLV0 pin
0: Input low
DIN
1
2
0
0
1: Input High
Output state of GPIOLV0 pin
0: Output Low
DOUT
1: Output High
Hysteresis
0: CMOS in
1: Hysteresis
HYS
3
4
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
1
0
DBNC0
GPIOLV0 input debounce time
00: no debounce
01: 10 ms debounce
10: 20 ms debounce
11: 30 mS debounce
DBNC1
5
R/W RESETB
0
INT0
INT1
6
7
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
0
0
GPIOLV0 interrupt control
00: None
01: Falling edge
10: Rising edge
11: Both edges
Pad keep enable
0: Off
PKE
ODE
DSE
PUE
8
9
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
0
0
0
1
1: On
Open-drain enable
0: CMOS
1: OD
Drive strength enable
0: 4.0 mA
10
11
1: 8.0 mA
Pull-up/down enable
0: pull-up/down off
1: pull-up/down on (default)
Pull-up/Pull-down select
00: 10 K pull-down
01: 100 K pull-down
10: 10 K pull-up
PUS0
PUS1
12
13
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
1
1
11: 100 K pull-up
(1.0 default 10)
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
117
Functional Block Description
Table 113. Register 33, GPIOLV0 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
SRE0
14
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R
0
Slew rate enable
00: slow (default)
01: normal
SRE1
15
0
0
10: fast
11: very fast
Unused 16 - 23
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 114. Register 34, GPIOLV1 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
GPIOLV1directon
0: Input
DIR
0
R/W
RESETB
0
1: Output
Input state of GPIOLV1 pin
0: Input low
DIN
1
2
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
1: Input High
Output state of GPIOLV1 pin
0: Output Low
DOUT
1: Output High
Hysteresis
0: CMOS in
1: Hysteresis
HYS
3
4
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
1
0
DBNC0
GPIOLV1 input debounce time
00: no debounce
01: 10 ms debounce
10: 20 ms debounce
11: 30 mS debounce
DBNC1
5
R/W
RESETB
0
INT0
INT1
6
7
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
GPIOLV1 interrupt control
00: None
01: Falling edge
10: Rising edge
11: Both edges
Pad keep enable
0: Off
PKE
ODE
DSE
8
9
R/W
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
0
1: On
Open-drain enable
0: CMOS
1: OD
Drive strength enable
0: 4.0 mA
10
1: 8.0 mA
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
118
Functional Block Description
Table 114. Register 34, GPIOLV1 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Pull-up/down enable
0: pull-up/down off
PUE
11
R/W
RESETB
1
1: pull-up/down on (default)
Pull-up/Pull-down select
00: 10 K pull-down
01: 100 K pull-down
10: 10 K pull-up
PUS0
12
R/W
RESETB
1
11: 100 K pull-up
PUS1
SRE0
13
14
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
1
0
(1.0 default 10)
Slew rate enable
00: slow (default)
01: normal
SRE1
15
R/W
RESETB
0
0
10: fast
11: very fast
Unused 16 - 23
R
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 115. Register 35, GPIOLV2 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
GPIOLV2 direction
0: Input
DIR
0
R/W
RESETB
0
1: Output
Input state of GPIOLV2 pin
0: Input low
DIN
1
2
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
1: Input High
Output state of GPIOLV2 pin
0: Output Low
DOUT
1: Output High
Hysteresis
0: CMOS in
1: Hysteresis
HYS
3
4
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
1
0
DBNC0
GPIOLV2 input debounce time
00: no debounce
01: 10 ms debounce
10: 20 ms debounce
11: 30 mS debounce
DBNC1
5
R/W
RESETB
0
INT0
INT1
6
7
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
GPIOLV2 interrupt control
00: None
01: Falling edge
10: Rising edge
11: Both edges
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
119
Functional Block Description
Table 115. Register 35, GPIOLV2 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Pad keep enable
0: Off
PKE
8
R/W
RESETB
0
1: On
Open-drain enable
0: CMOS
ODE
DSE
PUE
9
R/W
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
1
1: OD
Drive strength enable
0: 4.0 mA
10
11
1: 8.0 mA
Pull-up/down enable
0: pull-up/down off
1: pull-up/down on (default)
Pull-up/Pull-down select
00: 10 K pull-down
01: 100 K pull-down
10: 10 K pull-up
PUS0
12
R/W
RESETB
1
11: 100 K pull-up
PUS1
SRE0
13
14
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
1
0
(1.0 default = 10)
Slew rate enable
00: slow (default)
01: normal
SRE1
15
R/W
R
RESETB
0
0
10: fast
11: very fast
Unused 16 - 23
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 116. Register 36, GPIOLV3 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
GPIOLV3 direction
0: Input
DIR
0
R/W
RESETB
0
1: Output
Input state of GPIOLV3 pin
0: Input low
DIN
1
2
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
1: Input High
Output state of GPIOLV3 pin
0: Output Low
DOUT
1: Output High
Hysteresis
0: CMOS in
1: Hysteresis
HYS
3
4
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
1
0
DBNC0
GPIOLV3 input debounce time
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
120
Functional Block Description
Table 116. Register 36, GPIOLV3 Control
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
00: no debounce
01: 10 ms debounce
10: 20 ms debounce
11: 30 mS debounce
DBNC1
5
R/W
RESETB
0
INT0
INT1
6
7
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
GPIOLV3 interrupt control
00: None
01: Falling edge
10: Rising edge
11: Both edges
Pad keep enable
0: Off
PKE
ODE
DSE
8
9
R/W
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
0
1: On
Open-drain enable
0: CMOS
1: OD
Drive strength enable
0: 4.0 mA
10
1: 8.0 mA
Pull-up/down enable
0: pull-up/down off
PUE
11
12
R/W
R/W
RESETB
RESETB
1
1
1: pull-up/down on (default)
PUS0
Pull-up/Pull-down select
00: 10 K pull-down
01: 100 K pull-down
10: 10 K pull-up
PUS1
13
R/W
RESETB
1
11: 100 K pull-up
(1.0 default = 10)
SRE0
SRE1
14
15
R/W
R/W
R
RESETB
RESETB
0
0
0
Slew rate enable
00: slow (default)
01: normal
10: fast
11: very fast
Unused 16 - 23
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 117. Register 37 - 40, Reserved
Name
Bit # R/W
0 - 23
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
R
0
Not available
Table 118. Register 41 - 42, Unused
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
0-23
R
0
Not available
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
121
Functional Block Description
Table 119. Register 43, ADC 0
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ADEN
0
1
R/W
R/W
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
0
0
Enables ADC from the low-power mode
ADSTART
Request a start of the ADC Reading Sequencer
Run ADC reads continuously when high or one time when low. Note that the
TSSTART request will have higher priority
ADCONT
2
R/W
DIGRESETB
0
ADHOLD
ADSTOP0
ADSTOP1
ADSTOP2
Spare
3
4
5
6
7
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
0
Hold the ADC reading Sequencer while saved ADC results are read from SPI
Channel Selection to stop when complete. Always start at 000 and read up to and
including this channel value.
Not available
0: NTCREF not forced on
1: Force NTCREF on
THERM
8
R/W
DIGRESETB
0
Spare
Spare
9
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available
Not available
10
11
12
13
14
Spare
Not available
TSEN
Enable the touch screen from low-power mode.
Request a start of the ADC Reading Sequencer for touch screen readings.
Run ADC reads of touch screen continuously when high or one time when low.
TSSTART
TSCONT
Hold the ADC reading Sequencer while saved touch screen results are read from
SPI
TSHOLD
15
R/W
DIGRESETB
0
TSSTOP0
TSSTOP1
TSSTOP2
Spare
16
17
18
19
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
Just like the ADSTOP above, but for the touch screen read programming. This will
allow independent code for ADC Sequence readings and touch screen ADC
Sequence readings.
Not available
TSPENDET
EN
Enable the touch screen Pen Detection. Note that TSEN must be off for Pen
Detection.
20
R/W
DIGRESETB
0
Spare
Spare
Spare
21
22
23
R/W
R/W
R/W
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
0
0
0
Not available
Not available
Not available
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 120. Register 44, ADC 1
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ADDLY10
ADDLY11
ADDLY12
ADDLY13
0
1
2
3
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
This will allow delay before the ADC readings.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
122
Functional Block Description
Table 120. Register 44, ADC 1
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ADDLY20
ADDLY21
ADDLY22
ADDLY23
ADDLY30
ADDLY31
ADDLY32
ADDLY33
TSDLY10
TSDLY11
TSDLY12
TSDLY13
TSDLY20
TSDLY21
TSDLY21
TSDLY23
TSDLY30
TSDLY31
TSDLY31
TSDLY33
4
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
This will allow delay between each of ADC readings in a set.
6
7
8
9
This will allow delay after the set of ADC readings. This delay is only valid between
subsequent wrap around reading sequences with ADCONT
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
This will allow delay before the ADC touch screen readings. This is like the ADDLY1,
but allows independent programming of touch screen readings from general purpose
ADC readings to prevent code replacement in the system.
This will allow delay between each of ADC touch screen readings in a set. This is like
the ADDLY2, but allows independent programming of touch screen readings from
general purpose ADC readings to prevent code replacement in the system.
This will allow delay after the set of ADC touch screen readings. This delay is only
valid between subsequent wrap around reading sequences with TSCONT mode.
This is like the ADDLY3, but allows independent programming of touch screen
readings from general purpose ADC readings to prevent code replacement in the
system.
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 121. Register 45, ADC 2
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ADSEL00
ADSEL01
ADSEL02
ADSEL03
ADSEL10
ADSEL11
ADSEL12
ADSEL13
ADSEL20
ADSEL21
ADSEL22
ADSEL23
0
1
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT0
2
3
4
5
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT1
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT2
6
7
8
9
10
11
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
123
Freescale Semiconductor
Functional Block Description
Table 121. Register 45, ADC 2
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ADSEL30
ADSEL31
ADSEL32
ADSEL33
ADSEL40
ADSEL41
ADSEL42
ADSEL43
ADSEL50
ADSEL51
ADSEL52
ADSEL53
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
R/W
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT3
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT4
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT5
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 122. Register 46, ADC 3
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
ADSEL60
ADSEL61
ADSEL62
ADSEL63
ADSEL70
ADSEL71
ADSEL72
ADSEL73
TSSEL00
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT6
Channel Selection to place in ADRESULT7
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT0.
Select the action for the Touch screen; 00 = dummy to discharge TSREF capacitance,
01 = to read X-plate, 10 = to read Y-plate, and 11 = to read Contact.
TSSEL01
9
R/W DIGRESETB
0
TSSEL10
TSSEL11
TSSEL20
TSSEL21
TSSEL30
TSSEL31
TSSEL40
TSSEL41
TSSEL50
TSSEL51
TSSEL60
TSSEL61
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT1.
See TSSEL0 for modes.
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT2.
See TSSEL0 for modes.
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT3.
See TSSEL0 for modes.
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT4.
See TSSEL0 for modes.
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT5.
See TSSEL0 for modes.
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT6.
See TSSEL0 for modes.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
124
Functional Block Description
Table 122. Register 46, ADC 3
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
TSSEL70
TSSEL71
22
23
R/W DIGRESETB
R/W DIGRESETB
0
0
Touch screen Selection to place in ADRESULT7.
See TSSEL0 for modes.
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 123. Register 47, ADC 4
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT00
ADRESULT01
ADRESULT02
ADRESULT03
ADRESULT04
ADRESULT05
ADRESULT06
ADRESULT07
ADRESULT08
ADRESULT09
Unused
2
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
3
4
5
6
ADC Result for ADSEL0
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT10
ADRESULT11
ADRESULT12
ADRESULT13
ADRESULT14
ADRESULT15
ADRESULT16
ADRESULT17
ADRESULT18
ADRESULT19
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
ADC Result for ADSEL1
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
125
Functional Block Description
Table 124. Register 48, ADC5
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT20
ADRESULT21
ADRESULT22
ADRESULT23
ADRESULT24
ADRESULT25
ADRESULT26
ADRESULT27
ADRESULT28
ADRESULT29
Unused
2
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
3
4
5
6
ADC Result for ADSEL2
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT30
ADRESULT31
ADRESULT32
ADRESULT33
ADRESULT34
ADRESULT35
ADRESULT36
ADRESULT37
ADRESULT38
ADRESULT39
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
ADC Result for ADSEL3
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
126
Functional Block Description
Table 125. Register 49, ADC6
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT40
ADRESULT41
ADRESULT42
ADRESULT43
ADRESULT44
ADRESULT45
ADRESULT46
ADRESULT47
ADRESULT48
ADRESULT49
Unused
2
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
3
4
5
6
ADC Result for ADSEL4
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT50
ADRESULT51
ADRESULT52
ADRESULT53
ADRESULT54
ADRESULT55
ADRESULT56
ADRESULT57
ADRESULT58
ADRESULT59
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
ADC Result for ADSEL5
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
127
Functional Block Description
Table 126. Register 50, ADC7
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
0
1
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT60
ADRESULT61
ADRESULT62
ADRESULT63
ADRESULT64
ADRESULT65
ADRESULT66
ADRESULT67
ADRESULT68
ADRESULT69
Unused
2
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
3
4
5
6
ADC Result for ADSEL6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Not available
Unused
ADRESULT70
ADRESULT71
ADRESULT72
ADRESULT73
ADRESULT74
ADRESULT75
ADRESULT76
ADRESULT77
ADRESULT78
ADRESULT79
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
DIGRESETB
ADC Result for ADSEL7
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 127. Register 51, Reserved
Name
Bit # R/W
0 - 23
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
R
0
Not Available
Table 128. Register 52, Supply Debounce
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Reserved
Reserved
0
R
R
-
-
-
-
For Future use
For Future use
1
2
VBATTDB0
VBATTDB1
Reserved
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
1
1
-
Low input warning (BP) debounce
For Future use
3
4 - 23
R
-
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
128
Functional Block Description
Table 129. Register 53 - 54, Reserved
Name
Bit # R/W
0 - 23
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
R
0
Not Available
Table 130. Register 55, PWM Control
Name
Bit # R/W
Reset
Default
Description
PWM1DUTY0
PWM1DUTY1
PWM1DUTY2
PWM1DUTY3
PWM1DUTY4
PWM1DUTY5
PWMCLKDIV0
PWM1CLKDIV1
PWM1CLKDIV2
PWM1CLKDIV3
PWM1CLKDIV4
PWM1CLKDIV5
PWM2DUTY0
PWM2DUTY1
PWM2DUTY2
PWM2DUTY3
PWM2DUTY4
PWM2DUTY5
PWM2CLKDIV0
PWM2CLKDIV1
PWM2CLKDIV2
PWM2CLKDIV3
PWM2CLKDIV4
PWM2CLKDIV5
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
R/W RESETB
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PWM1 Duty Cycle
PWM1 Clock Divide Setting
10 R/W RESETB
11 R/W RESETB
12 R/W RESETB
13 R/W RESETB
14 R/W RESETB
15 R/W RESETB
16 R/W RESETB
17 R/W RESETB
18 R/W RESETB
19 R/W RESETB
20 R/W RESETB
21 R/W RESETB
22 R/W RESETB
23 R/W RESETB
PWM2 Duty Cycle
PWM2 Clock Divide Setting
Back to SPI/I2C Register Map
Table 131. Register 56 - 63, Unused
Name
Bit #
R/W
Reset
Default
Description
Unused
0-23
R
0
Not available
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
129
Typical Applications
8
Typical Applications
Figure 24 gives a typical application diagram of the 34709 PMIC together with its functional components. For details on
component references and additional components such as filters, refer to the individual sections.
8.1
Application Diagram
SW1 Output
2 x22u
C2
4.7u
L1A
1.0u
BP
SW1IN
SW1ALX
GNDSW1A
SW1FB
O/P
Drive
C3/C4
SW1
Dual Phase
GP
2000 mA
Buck
SW1CFG
SW1VSSSNS
VCOREDIG
To AP
D1
GNDADC
SW1BLX
GNDSW1B
O/P
Drive
R18
100K
10 Bit GP
ADC
A/D Result
ADIN9
DVS
SW1PWGD
General Purpose
CONTROL
ADC Inputs:
i.e., PA thermistor,
Light Sensor, Etc.
ADIN10
SW2 Output
C6
C5
4.7u
BP
L2
A/D
Control
ADIN11
1.0u
SW2IN
SW2LX
GNDSW2
SW2FB
22u
MUX
O/P
Drive
SW2
ADIN12/TSX1
ADIN13/TSX2
ADIN14/TSY1
D2
R19
100K
LP
Touch
Screen
Interface
`
1000 mA
SW2PWGD
To AP
BP
Buck
Touch
Screen
Interface
SW3 Output
C8 10u
C7
4.7u
L3
1.0u
ADIN15/TSY2
TSREF
SW3IN
C34
SW3
INT MEM
500 mA
Buck
O/P
Drive
SW3LX
GNDSW3
SW3FB
D3
2.2u
C9
4.7u
SW4A Output
L4A
1.0u
BP
SW4AIN
C10
10u
SW4ALX
GNDSW4A
SW4FBA
O/P
Drive
D4
SW4
Dual Phase
DDR
SW4CFG
1000 mA
Buck
SW4B Output
C12 10u
C11
4.7u
L4B
1.0u
Package Pin Legend
BP
BP
SW4BIN
SW4BLX
GNDSW4B
SW4BFB
O/P
Drive
Output Pin
Input Pin
D5
SPIVCC
Shift Register
Bi-directional Pin
SW5
SW5 Output
C14 22u
C13
4.7u
L5
1.0u
CS
SPI
SW5IN
Interface
+
Muxed
I2C
CLK
SW5
I/O
1000 mA
Buck
O/P
Drive
SW5LX
GNDSW5
SW5FB
SPI
D6
SPI
MOSI
MISO
To Enables & Control
Registers
BP
C15
4.7u
Optional
Interface
GNDSPI
Shift Register
L6
2.2u
SWBSTIN
SWBSTLX
SWBSTFB
SWBST
Output
(Boost)
BP
D7
O/P
Drive
SWBST
380 mA
Boost
GNDSWBST
C16
10u
C33
VCORE
MC34709
1u
C32
VCOREDIG
VDDLP
Reference
Generation
1u
SW4B
C17
100n
C31
VINREFDDR
VHALF
C18
100n
C30
VCOREREF
100pF
VREFDDR
10mA
GNDCORE
GNDREF
100n
VREFDDR
1u
C19
Main input Supply - BP
C20
2.2u
BP
VINPLL
VPLL
BP
VPLL
50 mA
Pass
FET
C1
10u
BP
VUSB2DRV
VUSB2
Q1
Pass
FET
VUSB2
350mA
C21
2.2u
BP
VDACDRV
VDAC
VDAC
250mA
Q2
C22
2.2u
To
Trimmed
Circuits
SPI
Trim-In-Package
Control
Logic
C23
SW5
VINGEN1
VGEN1
VGEN1
250mA
Pass
FET
2.2u
BP
Startup
Sequencer
Decode
Trim?
VINUSB
SWBST
Control
Logic
VGEN2DRV
VGEN2
PUMSx
Q3
VUSB
Regulator
PLL
Switchers
C29
VUSB
Pass
FET
VGEN2
250mA
Monitor
Timer
GNDUSB
2.2u
C24
2.2u
RTC
Calibration
+
32 KHz
Internal
Osc
LDOVDD
BP
SPI Result
Registers
Interrupt
Inputs
Enables &
Control
32 KHz
Buffers
Best
of
Supply
Coin Cell
Battery
GNDREG1
GNDREG2
GNDREF1
GNDREF2
BP
LCELL
Switch
LICELL
C28
100n
PWM
Outputs
32 KHz
Crystal
Osc
GPIO Control
Li Cell
Charger
Digital Core
VSRTC
R4
R20 R3
C25
0.1u
To/From
AP
To AP
To Peripherals
To GND, or
VCOREDIG
18p
C27
18p
C26
Y1
32.768 KHz
Crystal
On/Off
Button
Reset
button
Figure 24. Typical Application Schematic
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
130
Typical Applications
8.2
Bill of Material
Table 132 provides a complete list of the recommended components on a full featured system using the 34709 Device. Critical
components such as inductors, transistors, and diodes are provided with a recommended part number, but equivalent
components may be used.
Table 132. 34709 Bill of Material (69)
Item Reference Quantity
Description
Vendor
Comments
34709
Freescale
PMIC
1
U1
Battery/supply input
C1
Miscellaneous
1
1
10 F
TDK
Battery Filter
2
100 nF
1.0 F
1.0 F
100 pF
100 nF
2.2 F
100 nF
VSRTC
3
4
C25
C33
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
1
VCORE
VCOREDIG
VDDLP
5
C32
6
C31
VCOREREF
TSREF
7
C30
8
C34
Coin cell
Oscillator
9
C28
Crystal 32.768 kHz CC7
10
11
12
13
Boost
14
15
16
17
SW1
Y1
18 pF
100 k
100 k
Oscillator load capacitors
RESETB, RESETBMCU Pull-ups
SDWNB Pull-up
C26, C27
R3, R4
R20
2.2 H LPS3015-222ML
Diode BAS52
10 F 16 V
Coilcraft
Infineon
Boost Inductor
L6
D7
1
1
1
1
Boost diode
Boost Output Capacitor
Boost Input Capacitor
C16
C15
4.7 F
Buck 1 Inductor (IMAX < 1.6 Amps)
Alternate part numbers:
• 1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N (TDK)
• 1.0 H BRL3225T1ROM (Taiyo Yuden)
• 1.0 uH LPS4012-102NL (Coilcraft)
1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK
18
L1A, L1B
2
22 F
Buck 1 Output Capacitor
Buck 1 Input Capacitor
SW1LX diode
19
20
21
C3, C4
C2
2
1
1
4.7 F
Diode BAS3010-03LRH
Infineon
D1
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
131
Typical Applications
Table 132. 34709 Bill of Material (69)
Item Reference Quantity
Description
Vendor
Comments
SW2
1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N TDK
Buck 2 Inductor
22
23
L2
C6
C5
D2
1
1
1
1
22 F
Buck 2 Output Capacitor
Buck 2 Input Capacitor
SW2LX diode
4.7 F
24
Diode BAS3010-03LRH
Infineon
25
SW3
26
1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK
Buck 3 Inductor
L3
C8
C7
D3
1
1
1
1
10 F
Buck 3 Output Capacitor
Buck 3 Input Capacitor
SW3LX diode
27
4.7 F
28
Diode BAS3010-03LRH
Infineon
29
SW4A
Buck 4A Inductor
1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK
Alternate Part number:
30
L4A
1
1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N (TDK)
10 F
Buck 4A Output Capacitor
Buck 4A Input Capacitor
SW4ALX diode
31
32
C10
C9
1
1
1
4.7 F
Diode BAS3010-03LRH
Infineon
33
D4
SW4B
Buck 4B Inductor
1.0 H VLS201612ET-1R0N TDK
Alternate Part numbers:
1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N (TDK)
34
L4B
1
10 F
Buck 4B Output Capacitor
Buck 4B Input Capacitor
SW4BLX diode
35
36
C12
C11
D5
1
1
1
4.7 F
Diode BAS3010-03LRH
Infineon
37
SW5
38
1.0 H VLS252010ET-1R0N TDK
Buck 5 Inductor
L5
C14
C13
D6
1
1
1
1
22 F
Buck 5 Output Capacitor
Buck 5 Input Capacitor
SW5LX diode
39
4.7 F
40
Diode BAS3010-03LRH
Infineon
41
VPLL
42
2.2 F
VPLL output Capacitor
C20
1
VREFDDR
43
100 nF
1.0 F
100 nF
VHALF 0.1 uF caps
C18
C19
C17
1
1
1
VREFDDR output Capacitor
VREFDDR input Capacitor
44
45
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
132
Typical Applications
Table 132. 34709 Bill of Material (69)
Item Reference Quantity
Description
Vendor
Comments
VDAC
PNP NSS12100UW3TCG
PNP NSS12100XV6T1G
VDAC PNP - 500 W dissipation
On Semi
46
Q2
1
1
VDAC PNP - 250 W dissipation - Alternate
2.2 F
VDAC output Capacitor
47
C22
VUSB2
PNP NSS12100UW3TCG
PNP NSS12100XV6T1G
VUSB2 PNP - 500 W dissipation
On Semi
48
Q1
1
1
VUSB2 PNP - 250 W dissipation - Alternate
2.2 F
2.2 F
2.2 F
VUSB2 output Capacitor
VUSB output Capacitor
VGEN1 output Capacitor
49
C21
VUSB
50
C29
C23
1
1
VGEN1
51
VGEN2
PNP NSS12100UW3TCG
PNP NSS12100XV6T1G
VGEN2 PNP - 500 W dissipation
On Semi
52
Q3
1
1
VGEN2 PNP - 250 W dissipation - Alternate
2.2 F
VGEN2 output Capacitor
53
C24
Notes
69. Freescale does not assume liability, endorse, or warrant components from external manufacturers that are referenced in circuit
drawings or tables. While Freescale offers component recommendations in this configuration, it is the customer’s responsibility to
validate their application.
8.3
34709 Layout Guidelines
8.3.1
General board recommendations
1. It is recommended to use an 4 layer board stack-up arranged as follows:
•
•
•
•
High-current signal
GND
Signal
High-current signal
2. Allocate TOP and BOTTOM PCB Layers for POWER ROUTING (high-current signals), copper-pour the unused area.
3. Add one GND inner layer to reduce Current loops to the maximum between layers.
8.3.2
General Routing Requirements
1. Some recommended things to keep in mind for manufacturability:
•
•
•
•
Via in pads require a 4.5 mil Minimum annular ring. Pad must be 9.0 mils larger than the hole
Max copper thickness for lines less than 5.0 mils wide is 0.6 oz copper
Minimum allowed spacing between line and hole pad is 3.5 mils
Minimum allowed spacing between line and line is 3.0 mils
2. Care must be taken with SWxFB pins traces. These signals are susceptible to noise and must be routed far away from
power, clock, or high-power signals, like the ones on the SWxIN, SWx, SWxLX, SWBSTIN, SWBST, and SWBSTLX pins.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
133
Freescale Semiconductor
Typical Applications
3. Shield feedback traces of the switching regulators and keep them as short as possible (trace them on the bottom so the
ground and power planes shield these traces).
4. Avoid coupling trace between important signal/low noise supplies (like VREFCORE, VCORE, VCOREDIG) from any
switching node (i.e. SW1ALXx, SW2LX, SW3LX, SW4ALX, SW4BLX, SW5LX, and SWBSTLX).
5. Make sure that all components related to an specific block are referenced to the corresponding ground, e.g. all
components related to the SW1 converter must referenced to GNDSW1A1 and GNDSW1A2.
8.3.3
Parallel Routing Requirements
2
1. SPI/I C signal routing:
•
CLK is the fastest signal of the system, so it must be given special care. Here are some tips for routing the communication
signals:
•
To avoid contamination of these delicate signals by nearby high-power or high-frequency signals, it is a good practice to
shield them with ground planes placed on adjacent layers. Make sure the ground plane is uniform throughout the whole
signal trace length.
Figure 25. Recommended Shielding for Critical Signals.
•
•
•
These signals can be placed on an outer layer of the board to reduce their capacitance in respect to the ground plane.
The crystal connected to the XTAL1 and XTAL2 pins must not have a ground plane directly below.
The following are clock signals: CLK, CLK32K, CLK32KMCU, XTAL1, and XTAL2. These signals must not run parallel to
each other, or in the same routing layer. If it is necessary to run clock signals parallel to each other, or parallel to any other
signal, then follow a MAX PARALLEL rule as follows:
• Up to one inch parallel length – 25 mil minimum separation
• Up to two inches parallel length – 50 mil minimum separation
• Up to three inches parallel length – 100 mil minimum separation
• Up to four inches parallel length – 250 mil minimum separation
•
Care must be taken with these signals not to contaminate analog signals, as they are high-frequency signals. Another good
practice is to trace them perpendicularly on different layers, so there is a minimum area of proximity between signals.
8.3.4
Switching Regulator Layout Recommendations
1. Per design, the 34709 is designed to operate with only one input bulk capacitor. However, it is recommended to add a
high-frequency filter input capacitor (CIN_hf), to filter out any noise at the regulator input. This capacitor should be in the
range of 100 nF and should be placed right next to or under the IC, closest to the IC pins.
2. Make high-current ripple traces low inductance (short, high W/L ratio).
3. Make high-current traces wide or copper islands.
4. Make high-current traces SYMETRICAL for dual–phase regulators (SW1, SW4).
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
134
Typical Applications
VBP
SWxVIN
CIN_HF
CIN
SWx
SWxLX
Diver Controller
L
COUT
D
GNDSWx
SWxFB
Compensation
Figure 26. Generic Buck Regulator Architecture
Figure 27. Recommended Layout for Switching Regulators.
8.4
Thermal Considerations
8.4.1
Rating Data
The thermal rating data of the packages has been simulated with the results listed in Table 5.
Junction to Ambient Thermal Resistance Nomenclature: the JEDEC specification reserves the symbol R
strictly for junction-to-ambient thermal resistance on a 1s test board in natural convection environment. R
or θJA (Theta-JA)
or θJMA
θJA
θJMA
(Theta-JMA) will be used for both junction-to-ambient on a 2s2p test board in natural convection and for junction-to-ambient with
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
135
Freescale Semiconductor
Typical Applications
forced convection on both 1s and 2s2p test boards. It is anticipated that the generic name, Theta-JA, will continue to be commonly
used.
The JEDEC standards can be consulted at http://www.jedec.org/
8.4.2
Estimation of Junction Temperature
An estimation of the chip junction temperature TJ can be obtained from the equation
T = T + (R
x P )
D
J
A
θJA
with
T = Ambient temperature for the package in °C
A
R = Junction to ambient thermal resistance in °C/W
JA
P
= Power dissipation in the package in W
D
The junction to ambient thermal resistance is an industry standard value that provides a quick and easy estimation of thermal
performance. Unfortunately, there are two values in common usage: the value determined on a single layer board R and the
θJA
value obtained on a four layer board R
. Actual application PCBs show a performance close to the simulated four layer board
θJMA
value although this may be somewhat degraded in case of significant power dissipated by other components placed close to the
device.
At a known board temperature, the junction temperature T is estimated using the following equation
J
T = T + (R
x P ) with
D
J
B
θJB
T = Board temperature at the package perimeter in °C
B
R
= Junction to board thermal resistance in °C/W
θJB
P
= Power dissipation in the package in W
D
When the heat loss from the package case to the air can be ignored, acceptable predictions of junction temperature can be made.
See Functional Block Description for more details on thermal management.
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
136
Packaging
9
Packaging
The 34709 is offered in an 130 balls, 8.0x8.0 mm, 0.5 mm pitch MAPBGA package.
9.1
Package Mechanical Dimensions
Package dimensions are provided in package drawings. To find the most current package outline drawing, go to
www.freescale.com and perform a keyword search for the drawing’s document number.
Table 133. Package Drawing Information
Package
Suffix
Package Outline Drawing Number
98ASA00333D
130-pin MAPBGA (8 x 8), 0.5 mm
VK
Dimensions shown are provided for reference ONLY (For Layout and Design, refer to the Package Outline Drawing listed in the
following figures).
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
137
Freescale Semiconductor
Packaging
VK SUFFIX
130-PIN
98ASA00333D
REVISION 0
Figure 28. 8 x 8 Package Mechanical Dimension
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
138
Packaging
VK SUFFIX
130-PIN
98ASA00333D
REVISION 0
Figure 29. 8 x 8 Package Mechanical Dimension
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
139
Freescale Semiconductor
Reference Section
10 Reference Section
Table 134. MC34709 Reference Documents
Reference
Description
34709FS
34709ER
Freescale Fact Sheet
Freescale Errata
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
140
Revision History
11 Revision History
REVISION
DATE
DESCRIPTION OF CHANGES
•
•
•
Initial release
Corrected doc number to MC34709, corrected part number PC34709VK
Removed Freescale Confidential Proprietary on page 1
1.0
8/2012
34709
Analog Integrated Circuit Device Data
Freescale Semiconductor
141
Information in this document is provided solely to enable system and software
implementers to use Freescale products. There are no express or implied copyright
licenses granted hereunder to design or fabricate any integrated circuits on the
information in this document.
How to Reach Us:
Home Page:
freescale.com
Web Support:
freescale.com/support
Freescale reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products
herein. Freescale makes no warranty, representation, or guarantee regarding the
suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Freescale assume any
liability arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically
disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental
damages. “Typical” parameters that may be provided in Freescale data sheets and/or
specifications can and do vary in different applications, and actual performance may
vary over time. All operating parameters, including “typicals,” must be validated for
each customer application by customer’s technical experts. Freescale does not convey
any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Freescale sells products
pursuant to standard terms and conditions of sale, which can be found at the following
address: http://www.reg.net/v2/webservices/Freescale/Docs/TermsandConditions.htm
Freescale, the Freescale logo, AltiVec, C-5, CodeTest, CodeWarrior, ColdFire, C-Ware,
Energy Efficient Solutions logo, mobileGT, PowerQUICC, QorIQ, Qorivva, StarCore, and
Symphony are trademarks of Freescale Semiconductor, Inc., Reg. U.S. Pat. & Tm. Off.
Airfast, BeeKit, BeeStack, ColdFire+, CoreNet, Flexis, MagniV, MXC, Platform in a
Package, Processor expert, QorIQ Qonverge, QUICC Engine, Ready Play,
SMARTMOS, TurboLink, Vybrid, and Xtrinsic are trademarks of Freescale
Semiconductor, Inc. All other product or service names are the property of their
respective owners.
© 2012 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc.
Document Number: MC34709
Rev. 1.0
8/2012
相关型号:
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf2/p00248/img/page/PC34848EP_1504018_files/PC34848EP_1504018_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf2/p00248/img/page/PC34848EP_1504018_files/PC34848EP_1504018_2.jpg)
PC34848EP
LED DISPLAY DRIVER, QCC48, 7 X 7 MM, 1 MM HEIGHT, 0.50 MM PITCH, LEAD FREE, MO-220VKKD-2, QFN-48
NXP
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf2/p00240/img/page/PC48S_1452074_files/PC48S_1452074_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf2/p00240/img/page/PC48S_1452074_files/PC48S_1452074_2.jpg)
PC34S-1
Board Connector, 34 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Female, Right Angle, 0.1 inch Pitch, Solder Terminal, Guide Slot, Black Insulator, Plug,
BEL
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf2/p00240/img/page/PC28SFAB-1_1452020_files/PC28SFAB-1_1452020_1.jpg)
![](http://pdffile.icpdf.com/pdf2/p00240/img/page/PC28SFAB-1_1452020_files/PC28SFAB-1_1452020_2.jpg)
PC34SFBB-1
Card Edge Connector, 68 Contact(s), 2 Row(s), Straight, 0.156 inch Pitch, Solder Terminal, Receptacle,
AMPHENOL
©2020 ICPDF网 联系我们和版权申明